patch 9.1.0505: filetype: Faust files are not recognized

Problem:  filetype: Faust files are not recognized
Solution: Detect '*.lib' files as Faust filetype, add detection for
          '*.dsp' files (Faust or Make), remove '*.lib' from Cobol
          filetype (PowerUser64)

closes: #14894

Signed-off-by: PowerUser64 <blake@blakenorth.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>

.cirrus.yml

@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ env:
 freebsd_task:
   name: FreeBSD
   matrix:
-    - name: FreeBSD 14.0
+    - name: FreeBSD 14.1
       freebsd_instance:
-        image_family: freebsd-14-0
+        image_family: freebsd-14-1
   timeout_in: 20m
   install_script:
     - pkg install -y gettext

.github/MAINTAINERS

@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 
 nsis/lang/russian.nsi			@RestorerZ
 runtime/autoload/freebasic.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/autoload/hare.vim		@selenebun
 runtime/autoload/haskell.vim		@alx741
 runtime/autoload/javascript.vim		@jsit
 runtime/autoload/modula2.vim		@dkearns
@@ -63,13 +64,14 @@ runtime/compiler/gjs.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/gm2.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/go.vim			@dbarnett
 runtime/compiler/haml.vim		@tpope
-runtime/compiler/hare.vim		@rsaihe
+runtime/compiler/hare.vim		@selenebun
 runtime/compiler/icon.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/javac.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/jest.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/jjs.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/jshint.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/jsonlint.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/jq.vim                 @vito-c
 runtime/compiler/lazbuild.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/perl.vim		@petdance @heptite
 runtime/compiler/perlcritic.vim		@petdance @dkearns
@@ -102,9 +104,11 @@ runtime/compiler/xmllint.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/xo.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/yamllint.vim		@romainl
 runtime/compiler/zsh.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/doc/ft_hare.txt			@selenebun
 runtime/doc/ps1.txt			@heaths
 runtime/ftplugin/abaqus.vim		@costerwi
 runtime/ftplugin/apache.vim		@dubgeiser 
+runtime/ftplugin/arduino.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/ftplugin/astro.vim		@romainl
 runtime/ftplugin/awk.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/basic.vim		@dkearns
@@ -115,7 +119,9 @@ runtime/ftplugin/clojure.vim		@axvr
 runtime/ftplugin/cs.vim			@nickspoons
 runtime/ftplugin/csh.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/css.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/csv.vim		@habamax
 runtime/ftplugin/cucumber.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/dart.vim	@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/deb822sources.vim	@jamessan
 runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim	@jamessan
 runtime/ftplugin/debcontrol.vim		@jamessan
@@ -143,15 +149,18 @@ runtime/ftplugin/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/gitignore.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/gitrebase.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/gitsendemail.vim	@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/graphql.vim	@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/gyp.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/go.vim			@dbarnett
 runtime/ftplugin/gprof.vim		@dpelle
 runtime/ftplugin/haml.vim		@tpope
-runtime/ftplugin/hare.vim		@rsaihe
+runtime/ftplugin/hare.vim		@selenebun
+runtime/ftplugin/haredoc.vim		@selenebun
 runtime/ftplugin/heex.vim		@cvincent
 runtime/ftplugin/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/ftplugin/hog.vim		@wtfbbqhax
 runtime/ftplugin/html.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/hyprlang.vim		@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/i3config.vim		@hiqua
 runtime/ftplugin/icon.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/indent.vim		@dkearns
@@ -160,15 +169,19 @@ runtime/ftplugin/j.vim			@glts
 runtime/ftplugin/java.vim		@zzzyxwvut
 runtime/ftplugin/javascript.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/javascriptreact.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/jj.vim			@gpanders
 runtime/ftplugin/json.vim		@dbarnett
 runtime/ftplugin/json5.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/jsonc.vim		@izhakjakov
 runtime/ftplugin/julia.vim		@carlobaldassi
+runtime/ftplugin/jq.vim	    	        @vito-c
 runtime/ftplugin/kconfig.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/ftplugin/kdl.vim		@imsnif @jiangyinzuo
 runtime/ftplugin/kotlin.vim		@udalov
 runtime/ftplugin/less.vim		@genoma
 runtime/ftplugin/liquid.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/lua.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/lc.vim			@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/lynx.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/m3build.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/m3quake.vim		@dkearns
@@ -177,6 +190,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/meson.vim		@Liambeguin
 runtime/ftplugin/modula2.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/modula3.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/nginx.vim		@chr4
+runtime/ftplugin/nim.vim		@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/nroff.vim		@a-vrma
 runtime/ftplugin/nsis.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/ftplugin/octave.vim		@dkearns
@@ -189,14 +203,18 @@ runtime/ftplugin/php.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/pod.vim		@petdance @dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/poefilter.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/postscr.vim		@mrdubya
+runtime/ftplugin/prisma.vim		@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/ps1.vim		@heaths
 runtime/ftplugin/ps1xml.vim		@heaths
+runtime/ftplugin/purescript.vim		@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/pymanifest.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/python.vim		@tpict
 runtime/ftplugin/qb64.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/qml.vim		@ChaseKnowlden
 runtime/ftplugin/racket.vim		@benknoble
+runtime/ftplugin/rasi.vim		@fymyte
 runtime/ftplugin/readline.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/rescript.vim		@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/routeros.vim		@zainin
 runtime/ftplugin/rst.vim		@marshallward
 runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
@@ -207,10 +225,14 @@ runtime/ftplugin/scss.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/sdoc.vim		@gpanders
 runtime/ftplugin/sed.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/sh.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/slint.vim		@ribru17
+runtime/ftplugin/snakemake.vim		@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/solidity.vim		@cothi
 runtime/ftplugin/solution.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim		@ignatenkobrain
 runtime/ftplugin/ssa.vim		@ObserverOfTime
+runtime/ftplugin/sshdconfig.vim		@jiangyinzuo
+runtime/ftplugin/svelte.vim		@igorlfs
 runtime/ftplugin/swayconfig.vim		@jamespeapen
 runtime/ftplugin/systemverilog.vim	@Kocha
 runtime/ftplugin/swig.vim		@jmarrec
@@ -222,7 +244,9 @@ runtime/ftplugin/toml.vim		@averms
 runtime/ftplugin/tt2html.vim		@petdance
 runtime/ftplugin/typescript.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/typescriptreact.vim	@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/typst.vim		@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/unison.vim		@chuwy
+runtime/ftplugin/v.vim			@ribru17
 runtime/ftplugin/vdf.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/vim.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/wast.vim		@rhysd
@@ -233,6 +257,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/xml.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/ftplugin/xs.vim			@petdance
 runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/import/dist/vimhighlight.vim	@lacygoill
+runtime/indent/arduino.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/indent/astro.vim		@wuelnerdotexe
 runtime/indent/basic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/bst.vim			@tpope
@@ -261,7 +286,7 @@ runtime/indent/gitolite.vim		@sitaramc
 runtime/indent/go.vim			@dbarnett
 runtime/indent/gyp.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/indent/haml.vim			@tpope
-runtime/indent/hare.vim			@rsaihe
+runtime/indent/hare.vim			@selenebun
 runtime/indent/hog.vim			@wtfbbqhax
 runtime/indent/idlang.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/j.vim			@glts
@@ -270,6 +295,7 @@ runtime/indent/javascript.vim		@bounceme
 runtime/indent/json.vim			@elzr
 runtime/indent/jsonc.vim		@izhakjakov
 runtime/indent/julia.vim		@carlobaldassi
+runtime/indent/kdl.vim			@imsnif @jiangyinzuo
 runtime/indent/kotlin.vim		@udalov
 runtime/indent/krl.vim			@KnoP-01
 runtime/indent/ld.vim			@dkearns
@@ -316,7 +342,9 @@ runtime/lang/menu_ru_ru.cp1251.vim	@RestorerZ
 runtime/lang/menu_ru_ru.koi8-r.vim	@RestorerZ
 runtime/lang/menu_ru_ru.utf-8.vim	@RestorerZ
 runtime/pack/dist/opt/cfilter/plugin/cfilter.vim	@yegappan
+runtime/pack/dist/opt/comment/	@habamax
 runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/		@chrisbra
+runtime/pack/dist/opt/nohlsearch/		@habamax
 runtime/plugin/manpager.vim		@Konfekt
 runtime/syntax/shared/hgcommitDiff.vim	@vegerot
 runtime/syntax/abaqus.vim		@costerwi
@@ -342,6 +370,7 @@ runtime/syntax/chatito.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/chuck.vim		@gacallea
 runtime/syntax/clojure.vim		@axvr
 runtime/syntax/cs.vim			@nickspoons
+runtime/syntax/csv.vim		@habamax
 runtime/syntax/cucumber.vim		@tpope
 runtime/syntax/d.vim			@JesseKPhillips
 runtime/syntax/dart.vim			@pr3d4t0r
@@ -388,7 +417,8 @@ runtime/syntax/gprof.vim		@dpelle
 runtime/syntax/groff.vim		@jmarshall
 runtime/syntax/gyp.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/haml.vim			@tpope
-runtime/syntax/hare.vim			@rsaihe
+runtime/syntax/hare.vim			@selenebun
+runtime/syntax/haredoc.vim		@selenebun
 runtime/syntax/haskell.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/help_ru.vim		@RestorerZ
 runtime/syntax/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
@@ -403,10 +433,14 @@ runtime/syntax/j.vim			@glts
 runtime/syntax/jargon.vim		@h3xx
 runtime/syntax/java.vim			@zzzyxwvut
 runtime/syntax/javascript.vim		@fleiner
+runtime/syntax/jj.vim			@gpanders
+runtime/syntax/json.vim		        @vito-c
 runtime/syntax/jsonc.vim		@izhakjakov
 runtime/syntax/julia.vim		@carlobaldassi
+runtime/syntax/jq.vim		        @vito-c
 runtime/syntax/kconfig.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/kotlin.vim		@udalov
+runtime/syntax/kdl.vim			@imsnif @jiangyinzuo
 runtime/syntax/krl.vim			@KnoP-01
 runtime/syntax/less.vim			@genoma
 runtime/syntax/liquid.vim		@tpope
@@ -455,6 +489,7 @@ runtime/syntax/racket.vim		@benknoble
 runtime/syntax/raml.vim			@in3d
 runtime/syntax/rapid.vim		@KnoP-01
 runtime/syntax/ratpoison.vim		@trapd00r
+runtime/syntax/rasi.vim			@fymyte
 runtime/syntax/rc.vim			@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/rcs.vim			@hdima
 runtime/syntax/rebol.vim		@mrdubya
@@ -492,9 +527,9 @@ runtime/syntax/toml.vim			@averms
 runtime/syntax/tt2.vim			@petdance
 runtime/syntax/tt2html.vim		@petdance
 runtime/syntax/tt2js.vim		@petdance
-runtime/syntax/typescript.vim		@HerringtonDarkholme
-runtime/syntax/typescriptcommon.vim	@HerringtonDarkholme
-runtime/syntax/typescriptreact.vim	@HerringtonDarkholme
+runtime/syntax/typescript.vim		@HerringtonDarkholme @rhysd
+runtime/syntax/typescriptreact.vim	@HerringtonDarkholme @rhysd
+runtime/syntax/shared/typescriptcommon.vim	@HerringtonDarkholme @rhysd
 runtime/syntax/unison.vim		@chuwy
 runtime/syntax/vdf.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/vroom.vim		@dbarnett

.github/actions/screendump/action.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+name: 'screendump'
+description: "Upload failed syntax tests"
+runs:
+  using: "composite"
+  steps:
+    - name: Upload failed syntax tests
+      uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
+      with:
+        # Name of the artifact to upload.
+        name: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.job }}-${{ join(matrix.*, '-') }}-failed-syntax-tests
+
+        # A file, directory or wildcard pattern that describes what
+        # to upload.
+        path: |
+         ${{ github.workspace }}/runtime/syntax/testdir/failed/*
+         ${{ github.workspace }}/src/testdir/failed/*
+        # The desired behavior if no files are found using the
+        # provided path.
+        if-no-files-found: ignore
+
+        # Duration after which artifact will expire in days. 0 means
+        # using repository settings.
+        retention-days: 0
+
+        # If true, an artifact with a matching name will be deleted
+        overwrite: true

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -96,6 +96,8 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Install packages
         run: |
+          # This is added by default, and it is often broken, but we don't need anything from it
+          sudo rm -f /etc/apt/sources.list.d/microsoft-prod.list
           PKGS=( \
             gettext \
             libgtk2.0-dev:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
@@ -129,6 +131,9 @@ jobs:
       - name: Install gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }}
         if:  matrix.compiler == 'gcc'
         run: |
+          # ubuntu-toolchain-r/test PPA for gcc-13 compiler
+          sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test -y
+          sudo apt-get update -y
           sudo apt-get install -y gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }}:${{ matrix.architecture }}
           sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/gcc gcc /usr/bin/gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }} 100
           sudo update-alternatives --set gcc /usr/bin/gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }}
@@ -265,6 +270,9 @@ jobs:
           do_test() { sg audio "sg $(id -gn) '$*'"; }
           do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}
 
+      - if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
+        uses: ./.github/actions/screendump
+
       - name: Vim tags
         if: contains(matrix.extra, 'vimtags')
         run: |
@@ -325,8 +333,16 @@ jobs:
           brew install lua libtool
           echo "LUA_PREFIX=$(brew --prefix)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
 
+      - name: Install blackhole-2ch for macos-12
+        if: matrix.features == 'huge' && matrix.runner == 'macos-12'
+        run: |
+          # Install audio device for playing sound since some of macos-12 machines have no audio device installed.
+          if system_profiler -json SPAudioDataType | jq -er '.SPAudioDataType[]._items == []'; then
+            brew install blackhole-2ch
+          fi
+
       - name: Grant microphone access for macos-14
-        if: matrix.runner == 'macos-14'
+        if: matrix.features == 'huge' && matrix.runner == 'macos-14'
         run: |
           # Temporary fix to fix microphone permission issues for macos-14 when playing sound.
           sqlite3 $HOME/Library/Application\ Support/com.apple.TCC/TCC.db "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO access VALUES ('kTCCServiceMicrophone','/usr/local/opt/runner/provisioner/provisioner',1,2,4,1,NULL,NULL,0,'UNUSED',NULL,0,1687786159,NULL,NULL,'UNUSED',1687786159);"
@@ -383,6 +399,9 @@ jobs:
         run: |
           make ${TEST}
 
+      - if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
+        uses: ./.github/actions/screendump
+
   windows:
     runs-on: windows-2022
 
@@ -678,6 +697,9 @@ jobs:
             nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc.mak tiny VIMPROG=..\vim  || exit 1
           )
 
+      - if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
+        uses: ./.github/actions/screendump
+
       - name: Generate gcov files
         if: matrix.coverage
         shell: msys2 {0}

.github/workflows/coverity.yml

@@ -63,6 +63,9 @@ jobs:
           # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
           sed -i -f ci/config.mk.sed src/auto/config.mk
           sed -i -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed src/auto/config.mk
+          # -O2 gives false warning and turns it into an error:
+          # warning: function may return address of local variable [-Wreturn-local-addr]
+          sed -i 's/-O2 \?//' src/auto/config.mk
 
       - name: Build/scan vim
         if: env.TOKEN

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -46,17 +46,30 @@ Or open [the todo file][todo list] on GitHub to see the latest version.
 # Syntax, indent and other runtime files
 
 The latest version of these files can be obtained from the repository.
-They are usually not updated with numbered patches.
+They are usually not updated with numbered patches. However, they may 
+or may not work with older Vim releases (since they may contain new features).
 
 If you find a problem with one of these files or have a suggestion for
 improvement, please first try to contact the maintainer directly.
-Look in the header of the file for the name and email address.
+Look in the header of the file for the name, email address, github handle and/or
+upstream repository.  You may also check the [MAINTAINERS][11] file.
 
 The maintainer will take care of issues and send updates to the Vim project for
 distribution with Vim.
 
 If the maintainer does not respond, contact the [vim-dev][0] mailing list.
 
+## Contributing new runtime files
+
+If you want to contribute new runtime files for Vim or Neovim, please create a
+PR with your changes against this repository here. For new filetypes, do not forget:
+* to add a new [filetype test][12] (keep it similar to the other filetype tests).
+* all configuration switches should be documented
+  (check [filetype.txt][13] and/or [syntax.txt][14] for filetype and syntax plugins)
+* add yourself as Maintainer to the top of file (again, keep the header similar to
+  other runtime files)
+* add yourself to the [MAINTAINERS][11] file.
+
 # Translations
 
 Translating messages and runtime files is very much appreciated!  These things
@@ -96,3 +109,7 @@ mailing list. For other questions please use the [Vi Stack Exchange][8] website,
 [8]: https://vi.stackexchange.com
 [9]: http://www.vim.org/maillist.php#vim-use
 [10]: https://github.com/vim/vim/discussions
+[11]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/.github/MAINTAINERS
+[12]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/src/testdir/test_filetype.vim
+[13]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/doc/filetype.txt
+[14]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/doc/syntax.txt

Filelist

@@ -5,11 +5,12 @@
 SRC_ALL =	\
 		.cirrus.yml \
 		.gitattributes \
-		.github/CODEOWNERS \
+		.github/MAINTAINERS \
 		.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.yml \
 		.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.md \
 		.github/workflows/ci.yml \
 		.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml \
+		.github/actions/screendump/action.yml \
 		.github/workflows/coverity.yml \
 		.github/dependabot.yml \
 		.gitignore \
@@ -72,6 +73,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/float.c \
 		src/fold.c \
 		src/getchar.c \
+		src/gc.c \
 		src/globals.h \
 		src/gui.c \
 		src/gui.h \
@@ -263,6 +265,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/float.pro \
 		src/proto/fold.pro \
 		src/proto/getchar.pro \
+		src/proto/gc.pro \
 		src/proto/gui.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_beval.pro \
 		src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
@@ -755,6 +758,10 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.vim \
 		runtime/vimrc_example.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/cfilter/plugin/cfilter.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/comment/plugin/comment.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/comment/doc/comment.txt \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/comment/doc/tags \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/comment/autoload/comment.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/plugin/dvorak.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/enable.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/disable.vim \
@@ -775,6 +782,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/matchit.txt \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/tags \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/autoload/*.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/nohlsearch/plugin/nohlsearch.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/shellmenu/plugin/shellmenu.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/termdebug/plugin/termdebug.vim \
@@ -799,7 +807,6 @@ RT_SCRIPTS =	\
 		runtime/autoload/dist/*.vim \
 		runtime/autoload/rust/*.vim \
 		runtime/autoload/xml/*.vim \
-		runtime/autoload/zig/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/README.txt \
 		runtime/colors/lists/*.vim \
@@ -830,6 +837,7 @@ RT_SCRIPTS =	\
 		runtime/syntax/testdir/input/*.* \
 		runtime/syntax/testdir/input/setup/*.* \
 		runtime/syntax/testdir/dumps/*.dump \
+		runtime/syntax/testdir/dumps/*.vim \
 		runtime/syntax/generator/Makefile \
 		runtime/syntax/generator/README.md \
 		runtime/syntax/generator/gen_syntax_vim.vim \

README.md

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ or one of the [Maillists](https://www.vim.org/community.php).
 ## What is Vim?
 
 Vim is a greatly improved version of the good old UNIX editor
-[Vi](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vi).  Many new
+[Vi](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vi_(text_editor)).  Many new
 features have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line
 history, on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations,
 script language, etc.  There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI)
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ an overview of currently available distributions.
 
 Some popular places to get the latest Vim:
 * Check out the git repository from [GitHub](https://github.com/vim/vim).
-* Get the source code as an [archive](https://github.com/vim/vim/releases).
+* Get the source code as an [archive](https://github.com/vim/vim/tags).
 * Get a Windows executable from the
 [vim-win32-installer](https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases) repository.
 

README.rux.txt

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ MS Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP/Vista, AmigaDOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS и RISC OS.
 
 Несколько полезных мест, где можно получить последнюю версию редактора Vim:
 * Посмотрите в git-хранилище на GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim.
-* Получить исходный код в виде архива: https://github.com/vim/vim/releases.
+* Получить исходный код в виде архива: https://github.com/vim/vim/tags.
 * Получить исполняемый файл для ОС Windows из хранилища vim-win32-installer:
 https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases.
 

README.txt

@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ an overview of currently available distributions.
 
 Some popular places to get the latest Vim:
 * Check out the git repository from github: https://github.com/vim/vim.
-* Get the source code as an archive: https://github.com/vim/vim/releases.
+* Get the source code as an archive: https://github.com/vim/vim/tags.
 * Get a Windows executable from the vim-win32-installer repository:
   https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases.
 

READMEdir/README_vimlogo.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 The Python project that creates `vimlogo.svg` can be found at
 `https://github.com/ShayHill/vimlogo`.  The Vim license applies.
 
-`vimlogo.svg` is an effort to remove errors and inadvertant inconsistencies
-from the original vim logo while maintaing the original design. `vimlogo.svg`
+`vimlogo.svg` is an effort to remove errors and inadvertent inconsistencies
+from the original vim logo while maintaining the original design. `vimlogo.svg`
 is based on the `vimlogo.svg` file (previously?) found at
 `https://www.vim.org/logos.php`
 

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Page custom SetCustom ValidateCustom
 # Version resources
 
 VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "ProductName" "Vim"
-VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "CompanyName" "Vim Developers"
+VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "CompanyName" "The Vim Project"
 VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "LegalTrademarks" "Vim"
 VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "LegalCopyright" "Copyright (C) 1996"
 VIAddVersionKey /LANG=${LANG_ENGLISH} "FileDescription" "Vi Improved - A Text Editor"

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script noclear
 # Vim completion script
 # Language:	C
 # Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-# Last Change:	2023 Aug 10
+# Last Change:	2024 Jun 06
 #		Rewritten in Vim9 script by github user lacygoill
 # Former Maintainer:   Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ export def Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
     # Find the variable in the tags file(s)
     var diclist: list<dict<any>> = taglist('^' .. items[0] .. '$')
       # Remove members, these can't appear without something in front.
-      ->filter((_, v: dict<string>): bool =>
+      ->filter((_, v: dict<any>): bool =>
                 v->has_key('kind') ? v.kind != 'm' : true)
 
     res = []

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim functions for file type detection
 #
 # Maintainer:		The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-# Last Change:		2024 Feb 18
+# Last Change:		2024 May 23
 # Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 # These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
@@ -376,15 +376,41 @@ export def FTfs()
   endif
 enddef
 
+# Recursively search for Hare source files in a directory and any
+# subdirectories, up to a given depth.
+def IsHareModule(dir: string, depth: number): bool
+  if depth <= 0
+    return !empty(glob(dir .. '/*.ha'))
+  endif
+
+  return reduce(sort(glob(dir .. '/*', true, true),
+    (a, b) => isdirectory(a) - isdirectory(b)),
+    (acc, n) => acc
+      || n =~ '\.ha$'
+      || isdirectory(n)
+      && IsHareModule(n, depth - 1),
+    false)
+enddef
+
+# Determine if a README file exists within a Hare module and should be given the
+# Haredoc filetype.
+export def FTharedoc()
+  if exists('g:filetype_haredoc')
+    if IsHareModule('<afile>:h', get(g:, 'haredoc_search_depth', 1))
+      setf haredoc
+    endif
+  endif
+enddef
+
 # Distinguish between HTML, XHTML and Django
 export def FThtml()
   var n = 1
-  while n < 10 && n <= line("$")
+  while n < 40 && n <= line("$")
     if getline(n) =~ '\<DTD\s\+XHTML\s'
       setf xhtml
       return
     endif
-    if getline(n) =~ '{%\s*\(extends\|block\|load\)\>\|{#\s\+'
+    if getline(n) =~ '{%\s*\(autoescape\|block\|comment\|csrf_token\|cycle\|debug\|extends\|filter\|firstof\|for\|if\|ifchanged\|include\|load\|lorem\|now\|query_string\|regroup\|resetcycle\|spaceless\|templatetag\|url\|verbatim\|widthratio\|with\)\>\|{#\s\+'
       setf htmldjango
       return
     endif
@@ -406,14 +432,18 @@ export def FTidl()
   setf idl
 enddef
 
-# Distinguish between "default", Prolog and Cproto prototype file.
+# Distinguish between "default", Prolog, zsh module's C and Cproto prototype file.
 export def ProtoCheck(default: string)
+  # zsh modules use '#include "*.pro"'
+  # https://github.com/zsh-users/zsh/blob/63f086d167960a27ecdbcb762179e2c2bf8a29f5/Src/Modules/example.c#L31
+  if getline(1) =~ '/* Generated automatically */'
+    setf c
   # Cproto files have a comment in the first line and a function prototype in
   # the second line, it always ends in ";".  Indent files may also have
   # comments, thus we can't match comments to see the difference.
   # IDL files can have a single ';' in the second line, require at least one
   # chacter before the ';'.
-  if getline(2) =~ '.;$'
+  elseif getline(2) =~ '.;$'
     setf cpp
   else
     # recognize Prolog by specific text in the first non-empty line
@@ -1235,6 +1265,56 @@ export def FTtyp()
   setf typst
 enddef
 
+# Detect Microsoft Developer Studio Project files (Makefile) or Faust DSP
+# files.
+export def FTdsp()
+  if exists("g:filetype_dsp")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_dsp
+    return
+  endif
+
+  # Test the filename
+  if expand('%:t') =~ '^[mM]akefile.*$'
+    setf make
+    return
+  endif
+
+  # Test the file contents
+  for line in getline(1, 200)
+    # Chech for comment style
+    if line =~ '^#.*'
+      setf make
+      return
+    endif
+
+    # Check for common lines
+    if line =~ '^.*Microsoft Developer Studio Project File.*$'
+      setf make
+      return
+    endif
+
+    if line =~ '^!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile\..+$'
+      setf make
+      return
+    endif
+
+    # Check for keywords
+    if line =~ '^!(IF,ELSEIF,ENDIF).*$'
+      setf make
+      return
+    endif
+
+    # Check for common assignments
+    if line =~ '^SOURCE=.*$'
+      setf make
+      return
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  # Otherwise, assume we have a Faust file
+  setf faust
+enddef
+
 # Set the filetype of a *.v file to Verilog, V or Cog based on the first 200
 # lines.
 export def FTv()

runtime/autoload/dist/script.vim

@@ -229,6 +229,10 @@ export def Exe2filetype(name: string, line1: string): string
   elseif name =~ '^execlineb\>'
     return 'execline'
 
+    # Vim
+  elseif name =~ '^vim\>'
+    return 'vim'
+
   endif
 
   return ''

runtime/autoload/hare.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim autoload file.
+" Language:     Hare
+" Maintainer:   Amelia Clarke <selene@perilune.dev>
+" Last Updated: 2024-05-10
+" Upstream:     https://git.sr.ht/~sircmpwn/hare.vim
+
+" Attempt to find the directory for a given Hare module.
+function hare#FindModule(str)
+  let path = substitute(trim(a:str, ':', 2), '::', '/', 'g')
+  let dir = finddir(path)
+  while !empty(path) && empty(dir)
+    let path = substitute(path, '/\?\h\w*$', '', '')
+    let dir = finddir(path)
+  endwhile
+  return dir
+endfunction
+
+" Return the value of HAREPATH if it exists. Otherwise use a reasonable default.
+function hare#GetPath()
+  if empty($HAREPATH)
+    return '/usr/src/hare/stdlib,/usr/src/hare/third-party'
+  endif
+  return substitute($HAREPATH, ':', ',', 'g')
+endfunction
+
+" vim: et sts=2 sw=2 ts=8

runtime/autoload/netrw.vim

@@ -9,6 +9,12 @@
 "   2024 Feb 19 by Vim Project: (announce adoption)
 "   2024 Feb 29 by Vim Project: handle symlinks in tree mode correctly
 "   2024 Apr 03 by Vim Project: detect filetypes for remote edited files
+"   2024 May 08 by Vim Project: cleanup legacy Win9X checks
+"   2024 May 09 by Vim Project: remove hard-coded private.ppk
+"   2024 May 10 by Vim Project: recursively delete directories by default
+"   2024 May 13 by Vim Project: prefer scp over pscp
+"   2024 Jun 04 by Vim Project: set bufhidden if buffer changed, nohidden is set and buffer shall be switched (#14915)
+"   2024 Jun 13 by Vim Project: glob() on Windows fails when a directory name contains [] (#14952)
 " Former Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
@@ -283,20 +289,15 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_scp_cmd")
  if executable("scp")
   call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_scp_cmd" , "scp -q")
  elseif executable("pscp")
-  if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")) && filereadable('c:\private.ppk')
-   call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_scp_cmd", 'pscp -i c:\private.ppk')
-  else
-   call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_scp_cmd", 'pscp -q')
-  endif
+  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_scp_cmd", 'pscp -q')
  else
   call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_scp_cmd" , "scp -q")
  endif
 endif
-
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_sftp_cmd" , "sftp")
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_ssh_cmd"  , "ssh")
 
-if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+if has("win32")
   \ && exists("g:netrw_use_nt_rcp")
   \ && g:netrw_use_nt_rcp
   \ && executable( $SystemRoot .'/system32/rcp.exe')
@@ -311,12 +312,8 @@ endif
 " Default values for netrw's global variables {{{2
 " Cygwin Detection ------- {{{3
 if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-  if  has("win32unix") && &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
-   let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
-  else
-   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
-  endif
+ if has("win32unix") && &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
+  let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
  else
   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
  endif
@@ -372,10 +369,6 @@ endif
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_keepdir",1)
 if !exists("g:netrw_list_cmd")
  if g:netrw_scp_cmd =~ '^pscp' && executable("pscp")
-  if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")) && filereadable("c:\\private.ppk")
-   " provide a pscp-based listing command
-   let g:netrw_scp_cmd ="pscp -i C:\\private.ppk"
-  endif
   if exists("g:netrw_list_cmd_options")
    let g:netrw_list_cmd= g:netrw_scp_cmd." -ls USEPORT HOSTNAME: ".g:netrw_list_cmd_options
   else
@@ -403,7 +396,7 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_localcmdshell")
  let g:netrw_localcmdshell= ""
 endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_localcopycmd")
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+ if has("win32")
   if g:netrw_cygwin
    let g:netrw_localcopycmd= "cp"
   else
@@ -417,7 +410,7 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_localcopycmd")
  endif
 endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_localcopydircmd")
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+ if has("win32")
   if g:netrw_cygwin
    let g:netrw_localcopydircmd   = "cp"
    let g:netrw_localcopydircmdopt= " -R"
@@ -439,7 +432,7 @@ if exists("g:netrw_local_mkdir")
  let g:netrw_localmkdir= g:netrw_local_mkdir
  call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE,"g:netrw_local_mkdir is deprecated in favor of g:netrw_localmkdir",87)
 endif
-if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+if has("win32")
   if g:netrw_cygwin
    call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_localmkdir","mkdir")
   else
@@ -455,7 +448,7 @@ if exists("g:netrw_local_movecmd")
  call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE,"g:netrw_local_movecmd is deprecated in favor of g:netrw_localmovecmd",88)
 endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_localmovecmd")
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+ if has("win32")
   if g:netrw_cygwin
    let g:netrw_localmovecmd= "mv"
   else
@@ -488,7 +481,7 @@ call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_mousemaps"     , (exists("+mouse") && &mouse =~# '[anh
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_retmap"        , 0)
 if has("unix") || (exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && g:netrw_cygwin)
  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_chgperm"       , "chmod PERM FILENAME")
-elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+elseif has("win32")
  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_chgperm"       , "cacls FILENAME /e /p PERM")
 else
  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_chgperm"       , "chmod PERM FILENAME")
@@ -547,14 +540,13 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_xstrlen")
  endif
 endif
 call s:NetrwInit("g:NetrwTopLvlMenu","Netrw.")
-call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_win95ftp",1)
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_winsize",50)
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_wiw",1)
 if g:netrw_winsize > 100|let g:netrw_winsize= 100|endif
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Default values for netrw's script variables: {{{2
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_fname_escape",' ?&;%')
-if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+if has("win32")
  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_glob_escape",'*?`{[]$')
 else
  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_glob_escape",'*[]?`{~$\')
@@ -686,7 +678,7 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
   " record current directory
   let curdir     = simplify(b:netrw_curdir)
   let curfiledir = substitute(expand("%:p"),'^\(.*[/\\]\)[^/\\]*$','\1','e')
-  if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+  if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && has("win32")
    let curdir= substitute(curdir,'\','/','g')
   endif
 "  call Decho("curdir<".curdir.">  curfiledir<".curfiledir.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -844,7 +836,7 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
    " handle .../**/.../filepat
 "   call Decho("case starpat=4: Explore .../**/.../filepat",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let prefixdir= substitute(dirname,'^\(.\{-}\)\*\*.*$','\1','')
-   if prefixdir =~ '^/' || (prefixdir =~ '^\a:/' && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")))
+   if prefixdir =~ '^/' || (prefixdir =~ '^\a:/' && has("win32"))
     let b:netrw_curdir = prefixdir
    else
     let b:netrw_curdir= getcwd().'/'.prefixdir
@@ -881,7 +873,7 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
    else
     if dirname == ""
      let dirname= getcwd()
-    elseif (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")) && !g:netrw_cygwin
+    elseif has("win32") && !g:netrw_cygwin
      " Windows : check for a drive specifier, or else for a remote share name ('\\Foo' or '//Foo',
      " depending on whether backslashes have been converted to forward slashes by earlier code).
      if dirname !~ '^[a-zA-Z]:' && dirname !~ '^\\\\\w\+' && dirname !~ '^//\w\+'
@@ -1420,7 +1412,7 @@ fun! netrw#Obtain(islocal,fname,...)
 "   call Decho("obtain a file from local ".b:netrw_curdir." to ".tgtdir,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if exists("b:netrw_curdir") && getcwd() != b:netrw_curdir
     let topath= s:ComposePath(tgtdir,"")
-    if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+    if has("win32")
      " transfer files one at time
 "     call Decho("transfer files one at a time",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      for fname in fnamelist
@@ -2301,7 +2293,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetRead(mode,...)
     endif
     " 'C' in 'C:\path\to\file' is handled as hostname on windows.
     " This is workaround to avoid mis-handle windows local-path:
-    if g:netrw_scp_cmd =~ '^scp' && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+    if g:netrw_scp_cmd =~ '^scp' && has("win32")
       let tmpfile_get = substitute(tr(tmpfile, '\', '/'), '^\(\a\):[/\\]\(.*\)$', '/\1/\2', '')
     else
       let tmpfile_get = tmpfile
@@ -3221,7 +3213,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwMethod(choice)
     if exists("s:netrw_hup[host]")
      call NetUserPass("ftp:".host)
 
-    elseif (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")) && s:netrw_ftp_cmd =~# '-[sS]:'
+    elseif has("win32") && s:netrw_ftp_cmd =~# '-[sS]:'
 "     call Decho("has -s: : s:netrw_ftp_cmd<".s:netrw_ftp_cmd.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "     call Decho("          g:netrw_ftp_cmd<".g:netrw_ftp_cmd.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      if g:netrw_ftp_cmd =~# '-[sS]:\S*MACHINE\>'
@@ -3336,38 +3328,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwMethod(choice)
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwMethod : b:netrw_method=".b:netrw_method." g:netrw_port=".g:netrw_port)
 endfun
 
-" ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-" NetReadFixup: this sort of function is typically written by the user {{{2
-"               to handle extra junk that their system's ftp dumps
-"               into the transfer.  This function is provided as an
-"               example and as a fix for a Windows 95 problem: in my
-"               experience, win95's ftp always dumped four blank lines
-"               at the end of the transfer.
-if has("win95") && exists("g:netrw_win95ftp") && g:netrw_win95ftp
- fun! NetReadFixup(method, line1, line2)
-"   call Dfunc("NetReadFixup(method<".a:method."> line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2.")")
-
-   " sanity checks -- attempt to convert inputs to integers
-   let method = a:method + 0
-   let line1  = a:line1 + 0
-   let line2  = a:line2 + 0
-   if type(method) != 0 || type(line1) != 0 || type(line2) != 0 || method < 0 || line1 <= 0 || line2 <= 0
-"    call Dret("NetReadFixup")
-    return
-   endif
-
-   if method == 3   " ftp (no <.netrc>)
-    let fourblanklines= line2 - 3
-    if fourblanklines >= line1
-     exe "sil NetrwKeepj ".fourblanklines.",".line2."g/^\s*$/d"
-     call histdel("/",-1)
-    endif
-   endif
-
-"   call Dret("NetReadFixup")
- endfun
-endif
-
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " NetUserPass: set username and password for subsequent ftp transfer {{{2
 "   Usage:  :call NetUserPass()		               -- will prompt for userid and password
@@ -3990,7 +3950,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowse(islocal,dirname)
   if b:netrw_curdir =~ '[/\\]$'
    let b:netrw_curdir= substitute(b:netrw_curdir,'[/\\]$','','e')
   endif
-  if b:netrw_curdir =~ '\a:$' && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+  if b:netrw_curdir =~ '\a:$' && has("win32")
    let b:netrw_curdir= b:netrw_curdir."/"
   endif
   if b:netrw_curdir == ''
@@ -4144,7 +4104,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwFile(fname)
     let b:netrw_curdir= getcwd()
    endif
 
-   if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+   if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && has("win32")
     if fname =~ '^\' || fname =~ '^\a:\'
      " windows, but full path given
      let ret= fname
@@ -4864,7 +4824,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
   call s:SavePosn(s:netrw_posn)
   NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwOptionsSave("s:")
   NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwOptionsSafe(a:islocal)
-  if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+  if has("win32")
    let dirname = substitute(b:netrw_curdir,'\\','/','ge')
   else
    let dirname = b:netrw_curdir
@@ -5111,7 +5071,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(islocal,newdir,...)
     endif
 "    call Decho("go-up: amiga: dirname<".dirname."> (go up one dir)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
-   elseif !g:netrw_cygwin && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+   elseif !g:netrw_cygwin && has("win32")
     " windows
     if a:islocal
      let dirname= substitute(dirname,'^\(.*\)/\([^/]\+\)/$','\1','')
@@ -5396,7 +5356,7 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   " set up the filename
   " (lower case the extension, make a local copy of a remote file)
   let exten= substitute(a:fname,'.*\.\(.\{-}\)','\1','e')
-  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+  if has("win32")
    let exten= substitute(exten,'^.*$','\L&\E','')
   endif
   if exten =~ "[\\/]"
@@ -5443,12 +5403,12 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   " by default, g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg is true
   if g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg
    if &srr =~ "%s"
-    if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+    if has("win32")
      let redir= substitute(&srr,"%s","nul","")
     else
      let redir= substitute(&srr,"%s","/dev/null","")
     endif
-   elseif (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+   elseif has("win32")
     let redir= &srr . "nul"
    else
     let redir= &srr . "/dev/null"
@@ -5491,7 +5451,7 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !".viewer." ".viewopt.s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
-  elseif has("win32") || has("win64")
+  elseif has("win32")
 "   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win".(has("win32")? "32" : "64"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if executable("start")
     call s:NetrwExe('sil! !start rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler '.s:ShellEscape(fname,1))
@@ -5766,6 +5726,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwEditFile(cmd,opt,fname)
    exe "NetrwKeepj keepalt ".a:opt." ".a:cmd." ".fnameescape(a:fname)
   else
 "   call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj ".a:opt." ".a:cmd." ".fnameescape(a:fname))
+    if a:cmd =~# 'e\%[new]!' && !&hidden && getbufvar(bufname('%'), '&modified', 0)
+      call setbufvar(bufname('%'), '&bufhidden', 'hide')
+    endif
    exe "NetrwKeepj ".a:opt." ".a:cmd." ".fnameescape(a:fname)
   endif
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwEditFile")
@@ -5836,16 +5799,20 @@ fun! s:NetrwGlob(direntry,expr,pare)
     let filelist= w:netrw_treedict[a:direntry]
    endif
    let w:netrw_liststyle= keep_liststyle
-  elseif v:version > 704 || (v:version == 704 && has("patch656"))
-   let filelist= glob(s:ComposePath(fnameescape(a:direntry),a:expr),0,1,1)
-   if a:pare
-    let filelist= map(filelist,'substitute(v:val, "^.*/", "", "")')
-   endif
   else
-   let filelist= glob(s:ComposePath(fnameescape(a:direntry),a:expr),0,1)
-   if a:pare
-    let filelist= map(filelist,'substitute(v:val, "^.*/", "", "")')
-   endif
+   let path= s:ComposePath(fnameescape(a:direntry),a:expr) 
+    if has("win32")
+     " escape [ so it is not detected as wildcard character, see :h wildcard
+     let path= substitute(path, '[', '[[]', 'g')
+    endif
+    if v:version > 704 || (v:version == 704 && has("patch656"))
+     let filelist= glob(path,0,1,1)
+    else
+     let filelist= glob(path,0,1)
+    endif
+    if a:pare
+     let filelist= map(filelist,'substitute(v:val, "^.*/", "", "")')
+    endif
   endif
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwGlob ".string(filelist))
   return filelist
@@ -6006,7 +5973,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwHome()
     " just pick the first directory
     let home= substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
    endif
-   if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+   if has("win32")
     let home= substitute(home,'/','\\','g')
    endif
   endif
@@ -7227,7 +7194,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileCopy(islocal,...)
     let args= join(map(deepcopy(s:netrwmarkfilelist_{bufnr('%')}),"s:ShellEscape(b:netrw_curdir.\"/\".v:val)"))
     let tgt = s:ShellEscape(s:netrwmftgt)
    endif
-   if !g:netrw_cygwin && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+   if !g:netrw_cygwin && has("win32")
     let args= substitute(args,'/','\\','g')
     let tgt = substitute(tgt, '/','\\','g')
    endif
@@ -7241,7 +7208,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileCopy(islocal,...)
 "    call Decho("args<".args."> is a directory",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     let copycmd= g:netrw_localcopydircmd
 "    call Decho("using copydircmd<".copycmd.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-    if !g:netrw_cygwin && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+    if !g:netrw_cygwin && has("win32")
      " window's xcopy doesn't copy a directory to a target properly.  Instead, it copies a directory's
      " contents to a target.  One must append the source directory name to the target to get xcopy to
      " do the right thing.
@@ -7859,7 +7826,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileMove(islocal)
    endif
    let tgt = s:ShellEscape(s:netrwmftgt)
 "   call Decho("tgt<".tgt.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   if !g:netrw_cygwin && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+   if !g:netrw_cygwin && has("win32")
     let tgt= substitute(tgt, '/','\\','g')
 "    call Decho("windows exception: tgt<".tgt.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     if g:netrw_localmovecmd =~ '\s'
@@ -7880,7 +7847,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileMove(islocal)
     " Jul 19, 2022: fixing file move when g:netrw_keepdir is 1
      let fname= b:netrw_curdir."/".fname
     endif
-    if !g:netrw_cygwin && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+    if !g:netrw_cygwin && has("win32")
      let fname= substitute(fname,'/','\\','g')
     endif
 "    call Decho("system(".movecmd." ".s:ShellEscape(fname)." ".tgt.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -10349,7 +10316,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwRemoteFtpCmd(path,listcmd)
   endif
 
   " cleanup for Windows " {{{3
-  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+  if has("win32")
    sil! NetrwKeepj %s/\r$//e
    NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
   endif
@@ -10857,7 +10824,7 @@ fun! netrw#FileUrlEdit(fname)
    let fname= substitute(fname,'^file://localhost/','file:///','')
 "   call Decho("fname<".fname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   endif
-  if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+  if has("win32")
    if fname  =~ '^file:///\=\a[|:]/'
 "    call Decho('converting file:///\a|/   -to-  file://\a:/','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     let fname = substitute(fname,'^file:///\=\(\a\)[|:]/','file://\1:/','')
@@ -10867,7 +10834,7 @@ fun! netrw#FileUrlEdit(fname)
   let fname2396 = netrw#RFC2396(fname)
   let fname2396e= fnameescape(fname2396)
   let plainfname= substitute(fname2396,'file://\(.*\)','\1',"")
-  if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+  if has("win32")
 "   call Decho("windows exception for plainfname",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if plainfname =~ '^/\+\a:'
 "    call Decho('removing leading "/"s','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -11079,7 +11046,7 @@ fun! s:LocalFastBrowser()
    let s:netrw_events= 1
    augroup AuNetrwEvent
     au!
-    if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+    if has("win32")
 "     call Decho("installing autocmd: ShellCmdPost",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      au ShellCmdPost			*	call s:LocalBrowseRefresh()
     else
@@ -11121,7 +11088,7 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
   let filelist   = filelist + s:NetrwGlob(dirname,".*",0)
 "  call Decho("filelist=".string(filelist),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
-  if g:netrw_cygwin == 0 && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+  if g:netrw_cygwin == 0 && has("win32")
 "   call Decho("filelist=".string(filelist),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   elseif index(filelist,'..') == -1 && b:netrw_curdir !~ '/'
     " include ../ in the glob() entry if its missing
@@ -11167,7 +11134,7 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
     let pfile= filename."/"
 
    elseif exists("b:netrw_curdir") && b:netrw_curdir !~ '^.*://' && !isdirectory(s:NetrwFile(filename))
-    if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+    if has("win32")
      if filename =~ '\.[eE][xX][eE]$' || filename =~ '\.[cC][oO][mM]$' || filename =~ '\.[bB][aA][tT]$'
       " indicate an executable
 "      call Decho("indicate <".filename."> is executable with trailing *",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -11501,7 +11468,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRmFile(path,fname,all)
    if !all
     echohl Statement
     call inputsave()
-    let ok= input("Confirm deletion of directory<".rmfile."> ","[{y(es)},n(o),a(ll),q(uit)] ")
+    let ok= input("Confirm *recursive* deletion of directory<".rmfile."> ","[{y(es)},n(o),a(ll),q(uit)] ")
     call inputrestore()
     let ok= substitute(ok,'\[{y(es)},n(o),a(ll),q(uit)]\s*','','e')
     if ok == ""
@@ -11514,7 +11481,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRmFile(path,fname,all)
    let rmfile= substitute(rmfile,'[\/]$','','e')
 
    if all || ok =~# 'y\%[es]' || ok == ""
-    if delete(rmfile,"d")
+    if delete(rmfile,"rf")
      call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to delete directory <".rmfile.">!",103)
     endif
    endif
@@ -11644,7 +11611,7 @@ endfun
 " netrw#WinPath: tries to insure that the path is windows-acceptable, whether cygwin is used or not {{{2
 fun! netrw#WinPath(path)
 "  call Dfunc("netrw#WinPath(path<".a:path.">)")
-  if (!g:netrw_cygwin || &shell !~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$') && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+  if (!g:netrw_cygwin || &shell !~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$') && has("win32")
    " remove cygdrive prefix, if present
    let path = substitute(a:path,g:netrw_cygdrive.'/\(.\)','\1:','')
    " remove trailing slash (Win95)
@@ -11704,11 +11671,11 @@ fun! s:ComposePath(base,subdir)
    endif
 
    " COMBAK: test on windows with changing to root directory: :e C:/
-  elseif a:subdir =~ '^\a:[/\\]\([^/\\]\|$\)' && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+  elseif a:subdir =~ '^\a:[/\\]\([^/\\]\|$\)' && has("win32")
 "   call Decho("windows",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let ret= a:subdir
 
-  elseif a:base =~ '^\a:[/\\]\([^/\\]\|$\)' && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+  elseif a:base =~ '^\a:[/\\]\([^/\\]\|$\)' && has("win32")
 "   call Decho("windows",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if a:base =~ '[/\\]$'
     let ret= a:base.a:subdir
@@ -11820,7 +11787,7 @@ fun! s:GetTempfile(fname)
    " o/s dependencies
    if g:netrw_cygwin != 0
     let tmpfile = substitute(tmpfile,'^\(\a\):',g:netrw_cygdrive.'/\1','e')
-   elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+   elseif has("win32")
     if !exists("+shellslash") || !&ssl
      let tmpfile = substitute(tmpfile,'/','\','g')
     endif
@@ -12036,7 +12003,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwDelete(path)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwDelete(path<".a:path.">)")
 
   let path = netrw#WinPath(a:path)
-  if !g:netrw_cygwin && (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
+  if !g:netrw_cygwin && has("win32")
    if exists("+shellslash")
     let sskeep= &shellslash
     setl noshellslash
@@ -12227,7 +12194,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwLcd(newdir)
      " 'root' (ie. '\').  The share name may start with either backslashes ('\\Foo') or
      " forward slashes ('//Foo'), depending on whether backslashes have been converted to
      " forward slashes by earlier code; so check for both.
-     if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")) && !g:netrw_cygwin
+     if has("win32") && !g:netrw_cygwin
        if a:newdir =~ '^\\\\\w\+' || a:newdir =~ '^//\w\+'
          let dirname = '\'
          exe 'NetrwKeepj sil lcd '.fnameescape(dirname)
@@ -12700,7 +12667,7 @@ endfun
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:ShellEscape: shellescape(), or special windows handling {{{2
 fun! s:ShellEscape(s, ...)
-  if (has('win32') || has('win64')) && $SHELL == '' && &shellslash
+  if has('win32') && $SHELL == '' && &shellslash
     return printf('"%s"', substitute(a:s, '"', '""', 'g'))
   endif 
   let f = a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : 0

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@
 " Maintainer:   This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
 " Former Maintainer: Charles E Campbell
 " Version:	18
+" Last Change:
+"   2024 May 08 by Vim Project: cleanup legacy Win9X checks
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -91,7 +93,6 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport
   put = 'let g:netrw_silent            = '.g:netrw_silent
   put = 'let g:netrw_use_nt_rcp        = '.g:netrw_use_nt_rcp
-  put = 'let g:netrw_win95ftp          = '.g:netrw_win95ftp
   let s:netrw_xfer_stop= line(".")
   put =''
   put ='+ Netrw Messages'

runtime/autoload/zig/fmt.vim

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-" Adapted from fatih/vim-go: autoload/go/fmt.vim
-"
-" Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
-" Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
-" license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
-"
-" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
-
-function! zig#fmt#Format() abort
-  " Save cursor position and many other things.
-  let view = winsaveview()
-
-  if !executable('zig')
-    echohl Error | echomsg "no zig binary found in PATH" | echohl None
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let cmdline = 'zig fmt --stdin --ast-check'
-  let current_buf = bufnr('')
-
-  " The formatted code is output on stdout, the errors go on stderr.
-  if exists('*systemlist')
-    silent let out = systemlist(cmdline, current_buf)
-  else
-    silent let out = split(system(cmdline, current_buf))
-  endif
-  if len(out) == 1
-    if out[0] == "error: unrecognized parameter: '--ast-check'"
-      let cmdline = 'zig fmt --stdin'
-      if exists('*systemlist')
-        silent let out = systemlist(cmdline, current_buf)
-      else
-        silent let out = split(system(cmdline, current_buf))
-      endif
-    endif
-  endif
-  let err = v:shell_error
-
-
-  if err == 0
-    " remove undo point caused via BufWritePre.
-    try | silent undojoin | catch | endtry
-
-    " Replace the file content with the formatted version.
-    if exists('*deletebufline')
-      call deletebufline(current_buf, len(out), line('$'))
-    else
-      silent execute ':' . len(out) . ',' . line('$') . ' delete _'
-    endif
-    call setline(1, out)
-
-    " No errors detected, close the loclist.
-    call setloclist(0, [], 'r')
-    lclose
-  elseif get(g:, 'zig_fmt_parse_errors', 1)
-    let errors = s:parse_errors(expand('%'), out)
-
-    call setloclist(0, [], 'r', {
-        \ 'title': 'Errors',
-        \ 'items': errors,
-        \ })
-
-    let max_win_height = get(g:, 'zig_fmt_max_window_height', 5)
-    " Prevent the loclist from becoming too long.
-    let win_height = min([max_win_height, len(errors)])
-    " Open the loclist, but only if there's at least one error to show.
-    execute 'silent! lwindow ' . win_height
-  endif
-
-  call winrestview(view)
-
-  if err != 0
-    echohl Error | echomsg "zig fmt returned error" | echohl None
-    return
-  endif
-
-  " Run the syntax highlighter on the updated content and recompute the folds if
-  " needed.
-  syntax sync fromstart
-endfunction
-
-" parse_errors parses the given errors and returns a list of parsed errors
-function! s:parse_errors(filename, lines) abort
-  " list of errors to be put into location list
-  let errors = []
-  for line in a:lines
-    let tokens = matchlist(line, '^\(.\{-}\):\(\d\+\):\(\d\+\)\s*\(.*\)')
-    if !empty(tokens)
-      call add(errors,{
-            \"filename": a:filename,
-            \"lnum":     tokens[2],
-            \"col":      tokens[3],
-            \"text":     tokens[4],
-            \ })
-    endif
-  endfor
-
-  return errors
-endfunction
-" vim: sw=2 ts=2 et

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -4,17 +4,18 @@
 " Version:	33
 " Maintainer:	This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
 " Former Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell
+" Last Change:
+"		2024 Jun 16 by Vim Project: handle whitespace on Windows properly (#14998)
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
-"               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
-"               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
-"               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
-"               zip.vim and zipPlugin.vim are provided *as is* and comes with
-"               no warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. By using
-"               this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
-"               holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
-"               of this software.
-"redraw!|call DechoSep()|call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
+" Copyright:	Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
+"		Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
+"		with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
+"		notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
+"		zip.vim and zipPlugin.vim are provided *as is* and comes with
+"		no warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied. By using
+"		this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+"		holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
+"		of this software.
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Load Once: {{{1
@@ -214,7 +215,6 @@ endfun
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " zip#Read: {{{2
 fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
-"  call Dfunc("zip#Read(fname<".a:fname.">,mode=".a:mode.")")
   let repkeep= &report
   set report=10
 
@@ -226,15 +226,12 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
    let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile://.\{-}::\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
    let fname   = substitute(fname, '[', '[[]', 'g')
   endif
-"  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
-"  call Decho("fname  <".fname.">")
   " sanity check
   if !executable(substitute(g:zip_unzipcmd,'\s\+.*$','',''))
    redraw!
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (zip#Read) sorry, your system doesn't appear to have the ".g:zip_unzipcmd." program" | echohl None
 "   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let &report= repkeep
-"   call Dret("zip#Write")
    return
   endif
 
@@ -242,10 +239,8 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
   "   exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
   " but allows zipfile://... entries in quickfix lists
   let temp = tempname()
-"  call Decho("using temp file<".temp.">")
   let fn   = expand('%:p')
-  exe "sil! !".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1).' > '.temp
-"  call Decho("exe sil! !".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1).' > '.temp)
+  exe "sil! !".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fname,1).' > '.temp
   sil exe 'keepalt file '.temp
   sil keepj e!
   sil exe 'keepalt file '.fnameescape(fn)
@@ -254,11 +249,9 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
   filetype detect
 
   " cleanup
-  "  keepj 0d   " used to be needed for the ...r! ... method
   set nomod
 
   let &report= repkeep
-"  call Dret("zip#Read")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -422,7 +415,6 @@ endfun
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:Escape: {{{2
 fun! s:Escape(fname,isfilt)
-"  call Dfunc("QuoteFileDir(fname<".a:fname."> isfilt=".a:isfilt.")")
   if exists("*shellescape")
    if a:isfilt
     let qnameq= shellescape(a:fname,1)
@@ -432,7 +424,10 @@ fun! s:Escape(fname,isfilt)
   else
    let qnameq= g:zip_shq.escape(a:fname,g:zip_shq).g:zip_shq
   endif
-"  call Dret("QuoteFileDir <".qnameq.">")
+  if exists("+shellslash") && &shellslash && &shell =~ "cmd.exe"
+   " renormalize directory separator on Windows
+   let qnameq=substitute(qnameq, '/', '\\', 'g')
+  endif
   return qnameq
 endfun
 

runtime/compiler/hare.vim

@@ -1,28 +1,29 @@
-" Vim compiler file
-" Compiler: Hare Compiler
-" Maintainer: Amelia Clarke <me@rsaihe.dev>
-" Last Change: 2022-09-21
-"              2024 Apr 05 by The Vim Project (removed :CompilerSet definition)
+" Vim compiler file.
+" Compiler:    Hare
+" Maintainer:  Amelia Clarke <selene@perilune.dev>
+" Last Change: 2024-05-23
+" Upstream:    https://git.sr.ht/~sircmpwn/hare.vim
 
-if exists("g:current_compiler")
+if exists('current_compiler')
   finish
 endif
-let g:current_compiler = "hare"
+let current_compiler = 'hare'
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-if filereadable("Makefile") || filereadable("makefile")
+if filereadable('Makefile') || filereadable('makefile')
   CompilerSet makeprg=make
 else
   CompilerSet makeprg=hare\ build
 endif
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
-  \Error\ %f:%l:%c:\ %m,
-  \Syntax\ error:\ %.%#\ at\ %f:%l:%c\\,\ %m,
+  \%f:%l:%c:\ syntax\ error:\ %m,
+  \%f:%l:%c:\ error:\ %m,
   \%-G%.%#
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
-" vim: tabstop=2 shiftwidth=2 expandtab
+
+" vim: et sts=2 sw=2 ts=8

runtime/compiler/javac.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	Java Development Kit Compiler
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2024 Apr 03
+" Last Change:	2024 Jun 14
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -11,7 +11,12 @@ let current_compiler = "javac"
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=javac
+if exists("g:javac_makeprg_params")
+  execute $'CompilerSet makeprg=javac\ {escape(g:javac_makeprg_params, ' \|"')}'
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=javac
+endif
+
 CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:\ error:\ %m,
 		       \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
 		       \%-Z%p^,

runtime/compiler/jq.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	jq
+" Maintainer:	Vito <vito.blog@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2024 Apr 17
+" Upstream: https://github.com/vito-c/jq.vim
+
+if exists('b:current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:current_compiler = 'jq'
+
+let s:save_cpoptions = &cpoptions
+set cpoptions&vim
+
+if has('unix')
+  CompilerSet makeprg=jq\ -f\ %:S\ /dev/null
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=jq\ -f\ %:S\ nul
+endif
+CompilerSet errorformat=%E%m\ at\ \\<%o\\>\\,\ line\ %l:,
+            \%Z,
+            \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpoptions = s:save_cpoptions
+unlet s:save_cpoptions

runtime/doc/Make_all.mak

@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	fold.txt \
 	ft_ada.txt \
 	ft_context.txt \
+	ft_hare.txt \
 	ft_mp.txt \
 	ft_ps1.txt \
 	ft_raku.txt \
@@ -172,6 +173,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	fold.html \
 	ft_ada.html \
 	ft_context.html \
+	ft_hare.html \
 	ft_mp.html \
 	ft_ps1.html \
 	ft_raku.html \

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Mar 26
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -428,8 +428,8 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 
 |SessionLoadPost|	after loading a session file
 
-|SessionWritePost|	After writing the session file using
-			the |:mksession| command.
+|SessionWritePost|	after writing the session file using
+			the |:mksession| command
 
 |MenuPopup|		just before showing the popup menu
 |CompleteChanged|	after Insert mode completion menu changed

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 14
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -623,7 +623,8 @@ Vim uses temporary files for filtering, generating diffs and also for
 tempname().  For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
 accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems (e.g., a symlink
 attack or other people reading your file).  When Vim exits the directory and
-all files in it are deleted.  When Vim has the setuid bit set this may cause
+all files in it are deleted (only on Unix, on other systems you will have to
+clean up yourself).  When Vim has the setuid bit set this may cause
 problems, the temp file is owned by the setuid user but the filter command
 probably runs as the original user.
 Directory for temporary files is created in the first of these directories
@@ -1346,7 +1347,7 @@ The expression must evaluate to a String.  A Number is always automatically
 converted to a String.  For the "p" and ":put" command, if the result is a
 Float it's converted into a String.  If the result is a List each element is
 turned into a String and used as a line.  A Dictionary is converted into a
-String.  A FuncRef results in an error message (use string() to convert).
+String.  A Funcref results in an error message (use string() to convert).
 
 If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL>
 characters.  If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
@@ -1412,6 +1413,8 @@ The next three commands always work on whole lines.
 :[range]m[ove] {address}			*:m* *:mo* *:move* *E134*
 			Move the lines given by [range] to below the line
 			given by {address}.
+			Any text properties in [range] are cleared
+			|text-prop-cleared|.
 
 ==============================================================================
 6. Formatting text					*formatting*

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Aug 15
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -502,6 +502,8 @@ ch_canread({handle})						*ch_canread()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_canread()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 ch_close({handle})						*ch_close()*
 		Close {handle}.  See |channel-close|.
@@ -510,6 +512,8 @@ ch_close({handle})						*ch_close()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_close()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 ch_close_in({handle})						*ch_close_in()*
 		Close the "in" part of {handle}.  See |channel-close-in|.
@@ -518,6 +522,8 @@ ch_close_in({handle})						*ch_close_in()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_close_in()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
@@ -541,6 +547,8 @@ ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_evalexpr(expr)
+<
+		Return type: dict<any> or |String|
 
 
 ch_evalraw({handle}, {string} [, {options}])		*ch_evalraw()*
@@ -559,6 +567,8 @@ ch_evalraw({handle}, {string} [, {options}])		*ch_evalraw()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_evalraw(rawstring)
+<
+		Return type: dict<any> or |String|
 
 ch_getbufnr({handle}, {what})				 *ch_getbufnr()*
 		Get the buffer number that {handle} is using for String {what}.
@@ -569,6 +579,8 @@ ch_getbufnr({handle}, {what})				 *ch_getbufnr()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_getbufnr(what)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 ch_getjob({channel})						*ch_getjob()*
 		Get the Job associated with {channel}.
@@ -577,7 +589,8 @@ ch_getjob({channel})						*ch_getjob()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_getjob()
-
+<
+		Return type: |job| or |String|
 
 ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 		Returns a Dictionary with information about {handle}.  The
@@ -613,7 +626,8 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_info()
-
+<
+		Return type: dict<any>
 
 ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
 		Write String {msg} in the channel log file, if it was opened
@@ -628,7 +642,8 @@ ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			'did something'->ch_log()
-
+<
+		Return type: dict<any>
 
 ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 		Start logging channel activity to {fname}.
@@ -655,7 +670,8 @@ ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			'logfile'->ch_logfile('w')
-
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		Open a channel to {address}.  See |channel|.
@@ -669,7 +685,8 @@ ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetAddress()->ch_open()
-
+<
+		Return type: |channel|
 
 ch_read({handle} [, {options}])					*ch_read()*
 		Read from {handle} and return the received message.
@@ -680,7 +697,8 @@ ch_read({handle} [, {options}])					*ch_read()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_read()
-
+<
+		Return type: |String|
 
 ch_readblob({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readblob()*
 		Like ch_read() but reads binary data and returns a |Blob|.
@@ -688,7 +706,8 @@ ch_readblob({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readblob()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_readblob()
-
+<
+		Return type: |Blob|
 
 ch_readraw({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readraw()*
 		Like ch_read() but for a JS and JSON channel does not decode
@@ -698,7 +717,8 @@ ch_readraw({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readraw()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_readraw()
-
+<
+		Return type: |String|
 
 ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
 		Send {expr} over {handle}.  The {expr} is encoded
@@ -720,6 +740,8 @@ ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_sendexpr(expr)
+<
+		Return type: dict<any> or |String|
 
 
 ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])		*ch_sendraw()*
@@ -733,7 +755,8 @@ ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])		*ch_sendraw()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_sendraw(rawexpr)
-
+<
+		Return type: dict<any> or |String|
 
 ch_setoptions({handle}, {options})			*ch_setoptions()*
 		Set options on {handle}:
@@ -751,7 +774,8 @@ ch_setoptions({handle}, {options})			*ch_setoptions()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_setoptions(options)
-
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 ch_status({handle} [, {options}])				*ch_status()*
 		Return the status of {handle}:
@@ -770,6 +794,8 @@ ch_status({handle} [, {options}])				*ch_status()*
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_status()
+<
+		Return type: |String|
 
 ==============================================================================
 9. Starting a job with a channel			*job-start* *job*
@@ -900,6 +926,8 @@ job_getchannel({job})					 *job_getchannel()*
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetJob()->job_getchannel()
+<
+		Return type: |channel|
 
 job_info([{job}])					*job_info()*
 		Returns a Dictionary with information about {job}:
@@ -927,6 +955,9 @@ job_info([{job}])					*job_info()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetJob()->job_info()
+<
+		Return type: dict<any> or list<job> depending on whether {job}
+		was given
 
 
 job_setoptions({job}, {options})			*job_setoptions()*
@@ -936,6 +967,8 @@ job_setoptions({job}, {options})			*job_setoptions()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetJob()->job_setoptions(options)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 job_start({command} [, {options}])			*job_start()*
@@ -997,6 +1030,8 @@ job_start({command} [, {options}])			*job_start()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			BuildCommand()->job_start()
+<
+		Return type: |job|
 
 
 job_status({job})					*job_status()* *E916*
@@ -1020,6 +1055,8 @@ job_status({job})					*job_status()* *E916*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetJob()->job_status()
+<
+		Return type: |String|
 
 
 job_stop({job} [, {how}])					*job_stop()*
@@ -1066,6 +1103,8 @@ job_stop({job} [, {how}])					*job_stop()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetJob()->job_stop()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Dec 09
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -650,6 +650,12 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :[range]!
     a user defined command without the "-bar" argument |:command|
 
+    and the following |Vim9-script| keywords:
+    :abstract
+    :class
+    :enum
+    :interface
+
 Note that this is confusing (inherited from Vi): With ":g" the '|' is included
 in the command, with ":s" it is not.
 

runtime/doc/debug.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ In WinDbg: choose Open Crash Dump on the File menu. Follow the instructions in
 3.5 Obtaining Microsoft Debugging Tools ~
 
 The Debugging Tools for Windows (including WinDbg) can be downloaded from
-    http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/devtools/debugging/default.mspx
+    https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/drivers/debugger/debugger-download-tools
 This includes the WinDbg debugger.
 
 Visual C++ 2005 Express Edition can be downloaded for free from:

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2022 Sep 20
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ VIM IS... NOT						*design-not*
   everything but the kitchen sink, but some people say that you can clean one
   with it.  ;-)"
   To use Vim with gdb see |terminal-debugger|.  Other (older) tools can be
-  found at http://www.agide.org and http://clewn.sf.net.
+  found at http://www.agide.org (link seems dead)  and http://clewn.sf.net.
 - Vim is not a fancy GUI editor that tries to look nice at the cost of
   being less consistent over all platforms.  But functional GUI features are
   welcomed.

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Mar 28
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2727,7 +2727,7 @@ v:vim_did_enter	Zero until most of startup is done.  It is set to one just
 v:warningmsg	Last given warning message.  It's allowed to set this variable.
 
 					*v:windowid* *windowid-variable*
-v:windowid	When any X11 based GUI is running or when running in a
+v:windowid	When any X11/Wayland based GUI is running or when running in a
 		terminal and Vim connects to the X server (|-X|) this will be
 		set to the window ID.
 		When an MS-Windows GUI is running this will be set to the
@@ -3099,7 +3099,7 @@ text...
 :cons[t] {var-name} = {expr1}
 :cons[t] [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1}
 :cons[t] [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
-:cons[t] {var-name} =<< [trim] {marker}
+:cons[t] {var-name} =<< [trim] [eval] {marker}
 text...
 text...
 {marker}

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 18
+*filetype.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ variables can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
 	*.csh		g:filetype_csh		|ft-csh-syntax|
 	*.dat		g:filetype_dat
 	*.def		g:filetype_def
+	*.dsp		g:filetype_dsp
 	*.f		g:filetype_f		|ft-forth-syntax|
 	*.frm		g:filetype_frm		|ft-form-syntax|
 	*.fs		g:filetype_fs		|ft-forth-syntax|
@@ -452,6 +453,18 @@ To disable folding everything under the title use this: >
 	let asciidoc_fold_under_title = 0
 
 
+ARDUINO							*ft-arduino-plugin*
+
+By default the following options are set, in accordance with the default
+settings of Arduino IDE: >
+
+	setlocal expandtab tabstop=2 softtabstop=2 shiftwidth=2
+
+To disable this behavior, set the following variable in your vimrc: >
+
+	let g:arduino_recommended_style = 0
+
+
 AWK							*ft-awk-plugin*
 
 Support for features specific to GNU Awk, like @include, can be enabled by
@@ -627,6 +640,12 @@ The mapping can be disabled with: >
 	let g:no_gprof_maps = 1
 
 
+HARE							*ft-hare*
+
+Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
+file: |ft_hare.txt|.
+
+
 JAVA							*ft-java-plugin*
 
 Whenever the variable "g:ftplugin_java_source_path" is defined and its value
@@ -877,6 +896,31 @@ The mappings can be disabled with: >
 	let g:no_vim_maps = 1
 
 
+ZIG							*ft-zig-plugin*
+
+						*g:zig_recommended_style*
+By default the following indentation options are set, in accordance with Zig's
+recommended style (https://ziglang.org/documentation/master/): >
+
+	setlocal expandtab shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 tabstop=8
+<
+To disable this behavior, set |g:zig_recommended_style| to 0: >
+
+	let g:zig_recommended_style = 0
+<
+							*g:zig_std_dir*
+The path to the Zig standard library. The Zig |ftplugin| reads |g:zig_std_dir|
+and appends it to the 'path' for Zig files. Where the Zig standard library
+is located is system and installation method dependent.
+
+One can automatically set |g:zig_std_dir| using `zig env`: >
+
+	let g:zig_std_dir = json_decode(system('zig env'))['std_dir']
+<
+This can, for example, be put in a FileType |:autocmd| or user |ftplugin| to
+only load when a Zig file is opened.
+
+
 ZIMBU							*ft-zimbu-plugin*
 
 The Zimbu filetype plugin defines mappings to move to the start and end of

runtime/doc/ft_hare.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+*ft_hare.txt*	Support for the Hare programming language
+
+==============================================================================
+CONTENTS								*hare*
+
+1. Introduction							  |hare-intro|
+2. Filetype plugin						 |hare-plugin|
+3. Settings						       |hare-settings|
+
+==============================================================================
+INTRODUCTION							  *hare-intro*
+
+This plugin provides syntax highlighting, indentation, and other functionality
+for the Hare programming language. Support is also provided for README files
+inside Hare modules, but this must be enabled by setting |g:filetype_haredoc|.
+
+==============================================================================
+FILETYPE PLUGIN							 *hare-plugin*
+
+This plugin automatically sets the value of 'path' to include the contents of
+the HAREPATH environment variable, allowing commands such as |gf| to directly
+open standard library or third-party modules. If HAREPATH is not set, it
+defaults to the recommended paths for most Unix-like filesystems, namely
+/usr/src/hare/stdlib and /usr/src/hare/third-party.
+
+==============================================================================
+SETTINGS						       *hare-settings*
+
+This plugin provides a small number of variables that you can define in your
+vimrc to configure its behavior.
+
+							  *g:filetype_haredoc*
+This plugin is able to automatically detect Hare modules and set the "haredoc"
+filetype for any README files. As the recursive directory search used as a
+heuristic has a minor performance impact, this feature is disabled by default
+and must be specifically opted into: >
+	let g:filetype_haredoc = 1
+<
+See |g:haredoc_search_depth| for ways to tweak the searching behavior.
+
+						    *g:hare_recommended_style*
+The following options are set by default, in accordance with the official Hare
+style guide: >
+	setlocal noexpandtab
+	setlocal shiftwidth=0
+	setlocal softtabstop=0
+	setlocal tabstop=8
+	setlocal textwidth=80
+<
+To disable this behavior: >
+	let g:hare_recommended_style = 0
+<
+							  *g:hare_space_error*
+By default, trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by space characters are
+highlighted as errors. This is automatically turned off when in insert mode.
+To disable this highlighting completely: >
+	let g:hare_space_error = 0
+<
+						      *g:haredoc_search_depth*
+By default, when |g:filetype_haredoc| is enabled, only the current directory
+and its immediate subdirectories are searched for Hare files. The maximum
+search depth may be adjusted with: >
+	let g:haredoc_search_depth = 2
+<
+	Value		Effect~
+	0		Only search the current directory.
+	1		Search the current directory and immediate
+			subdirectories.
+	2		Search the current directory and two levels of
+			subdirectories.
+
+The maximum search depth can be set to any integer, but using values higher
+than 2 is not recommended, and will likely provide no tangible benefit in most
+situations.
+
+==============================================================================
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 17
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -498,14 +498,14 @@ Starting off with the default set is a good idea.  You can add more items, or,
 if you don't like the defaults at all, start with removing all menus
 |:unmenu-all|.  You can also avoid the default menus being loaded by adding
 this line to your .vimrc file (NOT your .gvimrc file!): >
-	:let did_install_default_menus = 1
+	:let g:did_install_default_menus = 1
 If you also want to avoid the Syntax menu: >
-	:let did_install_syntax_menu = 1
+	:let g:did_install_syntax_menu = 1
 The first item in the Syntax menu can be used to show all available filetypes
 in the menu (which can take a bit of time to load).  If you want to have all
 filetypes already present at startup, add: >
-	:let do_syntax_sel_menu = 1
-
+	:let g:do_syntax_sel_menu = 1
+<				    *menu-lazyload* *g:do_no_lazyload_menus*
 The following menuitems show all available color schemes, keymaps and compiler
 settings:
 	Edit > Color Scheme ~
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ However, they can also take a bit of time to load, because they search all
 related files from the directories in 'runtimepath'.  Therefore they are
 loaded lazily (by the |CursorHold| event), or you can also load them manually.
 If you want to have all these items already present at startup, add: >
-	:let do_no_lazyload_menus = 1
+	:let g:do_no_lazyload_menus = 1
 
 Note that the menu.vim is sourced when `:syntax on` or `:filetype on` is
 executed or after your .vimrc file is sourced.  This means that the 'encoding'
@@ -1238,7 +1238,8 @@ This section describes other features which are related to the GUI.
 	endif
 
 A recommended Japanese font is MS Mincho.  You can find info here:
-http://www.lexikan.com/mincho.htm
+https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/font-list/ms-mincho
+It should be distributed with Windows.
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. Shell Commands					*gui-shell*

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2022 Dec 03
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 27
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -162,7 +162,8 @@ Programming language support ~
 |filetype.txt|	settings done specifically for a type of file
 |quickfix.txt|	commands for a quick edit-compile-fix cycle
 |ft_ada.txt|	Ada (the programming language) support
-|ft_context.txt|	Filetype plugin for ConTeXt
+|ft_context.txt|  Filetype plugin for ConTeXt
+|ft_hare.txt|	Filetype plugin for Hare
 |ft_mp.txt|	Filetype plugin for METAFONT and MetaPost
 |ft_ps1.txt|	Filetype plugin for Windows PowerShell
 |ft_raku.txt|	Filetype plugin for Raku

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ system calls: fork(), pipe(), execl(), waitpid().  This means it is mostly
 limited to Unix systems.
 
 Additionally Cscope support works for Win32.  For more information and a
-cscope version for Win32 see:
+cscope version for Win32 see (link seems dead):
 
 	http://iamphet.nm.ru/cscope/index.html
 

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Oct 25
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -343,7 +343,8 @@ In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for
 the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and
 vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from
 {rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for
-each {rtp} found in 'runtimepath'.
+each {rtp} found in 'runtimepath' (Note: find_module() has been removed from
+imp module around Python 3.12.0a7).
 
 Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
 
@@ -404,10 +405,12 @@ vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH					*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
 
 vim.find_module(...)					*python-find_module*
 vim.path_hook(path)					*python-path_hook*
+vim.find_spec(...)					*python-find_spec*
 	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above.
 	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook
-	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not
-	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim
+	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path, vim.find_spec()
+	is available starting with Python 3.7.
+	It is not guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in future vim
 	versions.
 
 vim._get_paths						*python-_get_paths*

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1261,5 +1261,5 @@ By default, the yaml indent script does not try to detect multiline scalars.
 If you want to enable this, set the following variable: >
 
   let g:yaml_indent_multiline_scalar = 1
-
+<
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jan 25
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -986,11 +986,11 @@ For the Meta modifier the "T" character is used.  For example, to map Meta-b
 in Insert mode: >
 	:imap <T-b> terrible
 
-1.12 MAPPING SUPER-KEYS or COMMAND-KEYS		*:map-super-keys* *:map-cmd-key*
+1.12 MAPPING SUPER-KEYS or COMMAND-KEYS	     *:map-super-keys* *:map-cmd-key*
 
-The Super modifier is available in GUI mode (when |gui_running| is 1) for
-GVim on Linux and MacVim on Mac OS. If you're on a Mac, this represents the
-Command key, on Linux with the GTK GUI it represents the Super key.
+The Super modifier is available in GUI mode (when |gui_running| is 1) for gVim
+on Linux and MacVim on Mac OS. If you're on a Mac, this represents the Command
+key, on Linux with the GTK GUI it represents the Super key.
 The character "D" is used for the Super / Command modifier.
 
 For example, to map Command-b in Insert mode: >

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -451,18 +451,19 @@ Useful utilities for converting the charset:
     Chinese:	    hc
 	Hc is "Hanzi Converter".  Hc convert a GB file to a Big5 file, or Big5
 	file to GB file.  Hc can be found at:
+	https://www.freshports.org/chinese/hc
 	ftp://ftp.cuhk.hk/pub/chinese/ifcss/software/unix/convert/hc-30.tar.gz
 
     Korean:	    hmconv
 	Hmconv is Korean code conversion utility especially for E-mail.  It can
 	convert between EUC-KR and ISO-2022-KR.  Hmconv can be found at:
-	ftp://ftp.kaist.ac.kr/pub/hangul/code/hmconv/
+	https://www.freshports.org/korean/hmconv/
 
     Multilingual:   lv
 	Lv is a Powerful Multilingual File Viewer.  And it can be worked as
 	|charset| converter.  Supported |charset|: ISO-2022-CN, ISO-2022-JP,
 	ISO-2022-KR, EUC-CN, EUC-JP, EUC-KR, EUC-TW, UTF-7, UTF-8, ISO-8859
-	series, Shift_JIS, Big5 and HZ.  Lv can be found at:
+	series, Shift_JIS, Big5 and HZ.  Lv can be found at (link seems dead):
 	http://www.ff.iij4u.or.jp/~nrt/lv/index.html
 
 
@@ -777,13 +778,13 @@ is suitable for complex input, such as CJK.
 
   For example, there are xwnmo and kinput2 Japanese |IM-server|, both are
   FrontEnd system.  Xwnmo is distributed with Wnn (see below), kinput2 can be
-  found at: ftp://ftp.sra.co.jp/pub/x11/kinput2/
+  found at (link seems dead): ftp://ftp.sra.co.jp/pub/x11/kinput2/
 
   For Chinese, there's a great XIM server named "xcin", you can input both
   Traditional and Simplified Chinese characters.  And it can accept other
-  locale if you make a correct input table.  Xcin can be found at:
-  http://cle.linux.org.tw/xcin/
-  Others are scim: http://scim.freedesktop.org/ and fcitx:
+  locale if you make a correct input table.  Xcin can be found at (link seems
+  dead): http://cle.linux.org.tw/xcin/
+  Others are scim: https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/scim/  and fcitx:
   http://www.fcitx.org/
 
 - Conversion Server
@@ -801,7 +802,7 @@ is suitable for complex input, such as CJK.
   pronounced in Hira-gana, second, we convert Hira-gana to Kanji or Kata-Kana,
   if needed.  There are some Kana-Kanji conversion server: jserver
   (distributed with Wnn, see below) and canna.  Canna can be found at:
-  http://canna.sourceforge.jp/
+  https://osdn.net/projects/canna/
 
 There is a good input system: Wnn4.2.  Wnn 4.2 contains,
     xwnmo (|IM-server|)
@@ -1355,7 +1356,7 @@ You might also want to select the font used for the menus.  Unfortunately this
 doesn't always work.  See the system specific remarks below, and 'langmenu'.
 
 
-USING UTF-8 IN X-Windows				*utf-8-in-xwindows*
+USING UTF-8 IN X-WINDOWS				*utf-8-in-xwindows*
 
 Note: This section does not apply to the GTK+ 2 GUI.
 

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Nov 26
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ Initially just a Java IDE, NetBeans has had C, C++, and Fortran support added
 in recent releases.
 
 For more information visit the main NetBeans web site http://www.netbeans.org.
-The External Editor is now, unfortunately, declared obsolete.  See
- http://externaleditor.netbeans.org.
+The External Editor is now, unfortunately, declared obsolete.  See (link seems
+dead): http://externaleditor.netbeans.org.
 
 Sun Microsystems, Inc. also ships NetBeans under the name Sun ONE Studio.
 Visit http://www.sun.com for more information regarding the Sun ONE Studio
@@ -147,8 +147,9 @@ On MS-Windows:
 The Win32 support is now in beta stage.
 
 To use XPM signs on Win32 (e.g. when using with NetBeans) you can compile
-XPM by yourself or use precompiled libraries from http://iamphet.nm.ru/misc/
-(for MS Visual C++) or http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net (for MinGW).
+XPM by yourself or use precompiled libraries from (link seems dead):
+http://iamphet.nm.ru/misc/ (for MS Visual C++) or
+http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net (for MinGW).
 
 Enable debugging:
 -----------------
@@ -946,7 +947,8 @@ for details on downloading this module if your NetBeans release does not have
 it.
 
 For C, C++, and Fortran support you will also need the cpp module.  See
-http://cpp.netbeans.org for information regarding this module.
+http://cpp.netbeans.org (link seems dead) for information regarding this
+module.
 
 You can also download Sun ONE Studio from Sun Microsystems, Inc for a 30 day
 free trial.  See http://www.sun.com for further details.

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Mar 29
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1909,13 +1909,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	insert a space.
 
 					*'commentstring'* *'cms'* *E537*
-'commentstring' 'cms'	string	(default "/*%s*/")
+'commentstring' 'cms'	string	(default "/* %s */")
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
 			feature}
 	A template for a comment.  The "%s" in the value is replaced with the
-	comment text.  Currently only used to add markers for folding, see
-	|fold-marker|.
+	comment text, and should be padded with a space when possible.
+	Currently used to add markers for folding, see |fold-marker|.  Also
+	commonly used by commenting plugins (e.g. |comment-install|).
 
 			*'compatible'* *'cp'* *'nocompatible'* *'nocp'*
 'compatible' 'cp'	boolean	(default on, off when a |vimrc| or |gvimrc|
@@ -2100,7 +2101,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'completeopt'* *'cot'*
 'completeopt' 'cot'	string	(default: "menu,preview")
-			global
+			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	A comma-separated list of options for Insert mode completion
 	|ins-completion|.  The supported values are:
 
@@ -2143,6 +2144,19 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    select one from the menu. Only works in combination with
 		    "menu" or "menuone".
 
+	   fuzzy    Enable |fuzzy-matching| for completion candidates. This
+		    allows for more flexible and intuitive matching, where
+		    characters can be skipped and matches can be found even
+		    if the exact sequence is not typed.  Only makes a
+		    difference how completion candidates are reduced from the
+		    list of alternatives, but not how the candidates are
+		    collected (using different completion types).
+	  fuzzycollect
+		    Enable fuzzy collection for default keyword completion.
+		    This allows the collection of matches using fuzzy matching
+		    criteria, providing more comprehensive and flexible
+		    results. Works in combination with other fuzzy options.
+
 					*'completepopup'* *'cpp'*
 'completepopup' 'cpp'	string (default empty)
 			global
@@ -4266,12 +4280,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     T:DiffText,>:SignColumn,-:Conceal,
 				     B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,R:SpellRare,
 				     L:SpellLocal,+:Pmenu,=:PmenuSel,
+				     k:PmenuMatch,<:PmenuMatchSel,
 				     [:PmenuKind,]:PmenuKindSel,
 				     {:PmenuExtra,}:PmenuExtraSel,
 				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb,*:TabLine,
 				     #:TabLineSel,_:TabLineFill,!:CursorColumn,
 				     .:CursorLine,o:ColorColumn,q:QuickFixLine,
-				     z:StatusLineTerm,Z:StatusLineTermNC")
+				     z:StatusLineTerm,Z:StatusLineTermNC,
+				     g:MsgArea")
 			global
 	This option can be used to set highlighting mode for various
 	occasions.  It is a comma-separated list of character pairs.  The
@@ -4290,6 +4306,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-Search|	 l  last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch')
 	|hl-MoreMsg|	 m  |more-prompt|
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
+	|hl-MsgArea|	 g  |Command-line| and message area
 	|hl-LineNr|	 n  line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and
 			    when 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set.
 	|hl-LineNrAbove|   a  line number above the cursor for when the
@@ -4330,6 +4347,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-PmenuExtraSel| }  popup menu "extra" selected line
 	|hl-PmenuSbar|	 x  popup menu scrollbar
 	|hl-PmenuThumb|	 X  popup menu scrollbar thumb
+	|hl-PmenuMatch|	 k  popup menu matched text
+	|hl-PmenuMatchSel| <  popup menu matched text in selected line
 
 	The display modes are:
 		r	reverse		(termcap entry "mr" and "me")
@@ -6683,7 +6702,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <
 				*'runtimepath'* *'rtp'* *vimfiles*
 'runtimepath' 'rtp'	string	(default:
-					Unix:  "$HOME/.vim,
+					Unix:  "$HOME/.vim or
+						$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
@@ -6735,6 +6755,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	And any other file searched for with the |:runtime| command.
 
+	For $XDG_CONFIG_HOME see |xdg-base-dir|.
+
 	The defaults for most systems are setup to search five locations:
 	1. In your home directory, for your personal preferences.
 	2. In a system-wide Vim directory, for preferences from the system
@@ -7233,8 +7255,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		message;  also for quickfix message (e.g., ":cn")
 	  s	don't give "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" or	*shm-s*
 		"search hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages; when using
-		the search count do not show "W" after the count message (see
-		S below)
+		the search count do not show "W" before the count message
+		(see |shm-S| below)
 	  t	truncate file message at the start if it is too long	*shm-t*
 		to fit on the command-line, "<" will appear in the left most
 		column; ignored in Ex mode
@@ -7256,7 +7278,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		`:silent` was used for the command; note that this also
 		affects messages from autocommands and 'autoread' reloading
 	  S	do not show search count message when searching, e.g.	*shm-S*
-		"[1/5]"
+		"[1/5]". When the "S" flag is not present (e.g. search count
+		is shown), the "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" and
+		"search hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages are only
+		indicated by a "W" (Mnemonic: Wrapped) letter before the
+		search count statistics.
 
 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
 	requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
@@ -8986,13 +9012,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'viewdir'* *'vdir'*
 'viewdir' 'vdir'	string	(default for Amiga: "home:vimfiles/view",
 					 for Win32: "$HOME/vimfiles/view",
-					 for Unix: "$HOME/.vim/view",
+					 for Unix: "$HOME/.vim/view" or
+					           "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/view"
 					 for macOS: "$VIM/vimfiles/view",
 					 for VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles/view")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+mksession|
 			feature}
 	Name of the directory where to store files for |:mkview|.
+	For $XDG_CONFIG_HOME see |xdg-base-dir|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 

runtime/doc/os_dos.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_dos.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2006 Mar 30
+*os_dos.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -330,6 +330,11 @@ following values:
 'shellpipe'	>%s 2>&1
 'shellredir'	>%s 2>&1
 
+Note: those options are only set after reading the |.vimrc| file, in
+particular setting the 'shell' option via |-c| is too late to take effect for
+the other shell related settings.  Consider using |--cmd| to override this
+option via the command line.
+
 If you find that PowerShell commands are taking a long time to run then try
 with "-NoProfile" at the beginning of the 'shellcmdflag'.  Note this will
 prevent any PowerShell environment setup by the profile from taking place.

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Dec 14
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -40,7 +40,6 @@ Or use one of the mirrors:
 
 You can download precompiled executables from:
 	http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
-	ftp://ftp.polarhome.com/pub/vim/
 
 To use the precompiled binary version, you need one of these archives:
 

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Dec 04
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -250,8 +250,7 @@ A. Basically what you need is to put a tee program that will copy its input
    copy of tee (and a number of other GNU tools) at
    http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net or http://unxutils.sourceforge.net
    Alternatively, try the more recent Cygnus version of the GNU tools at
-   http://www.cygwin.com  Other Unix-style tools for Win32 are listed at
-   http://directory.google.com/Top/Computers/Software/Operating_Systems/Unix/Win32/
+   http://www.cygwin.com
    When you do get a copy of tee, you'll need to add >
 	:set shellpipe=\|\ tee
 <  to your _vimrc.

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Oct 23
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -151,13 +151,17 @@ CTRL-C			Interrupt current (search) command.  Use CTRL-Break on
 			executing autocommands |autocmd-searchpat|.
 			Same thing for when invoking a user function.
 
+
 While typing the search pattern the current match will be shown if the
 'incsearch' option is on.  Remember that you still have to finish the search
 command with <CR> to actually position the cursor at the displayed match.  Or
 use <Esc> to abandon the search.
 
+							*nohlsearch-auto*
 All matches for the last used search pattern will be highlighted if you set
-the 'hlsearch' option.  This can be suspended with the |:nohlsearch| command.
+the 'hlsearch' option.  This can be suspended with the |:nohlsearch| command
+or auto suspended with nohlsearch plugin.  See |nohlsearch-install|.
+
 
 When 'shortmess' does not include the "S" flag, Vim will automatically show an
 index, on which the cursor is. This can look like this: >
@@ -1394,6 +1398,19 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
 ==============================================================================
 10. Highlighting matches				*match-highlight*
 
+							*syntax-vs-match*
+		Note that the match highlight mechanism is independent
+		of |syntax-highlighting|, which is (usually) a buffer-local
+		highlighting, while matching is window-local, both methods
+		can be freely mixed.  Match highlighting functions give you
+		a bit more flexibility in when and how to apply, but are
+		typically only used for temporary highlighting, without strict
+		rules.  Both methods can be used to conceal text.
+
+		Thus the matching functions like |matchadd()| won't consider
+		syntax rules and functions like |synconcealed()| and the
+		other way around.
+
 							*:mat* *:match*
 :mat[ch] {group} /{pattern}/
 		Define a pattern to highlight in the current window.  It will
@@ -1500,5 +1517,7 @@ the matching positions and the fuzzy match scores.
 
 The "f" flag of `:vimgrep` enables fuzzy matching.
 
+To enable fuzzy matching for |ins-completion|, add the "fuzzy" value to the
+'completeopt' option.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Jun 19
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -449,10 +449,6 @@ settings are described below, in |netrw-browser-options|, and in
 			      messages don't always seem to show up this
 			      way, but one doesn't have to quit the window.
 
- *g:netrw_win95ftp*	=1 if using Win95, will remove four trailing blank
-			   lines that o/s's ftp "provides" on transfers
-			=0 force normal ftp behavior (no trailing line removal)
-
  *g:netrw_cygwin*	=1 assume scp under windows is from cygwin. Also
 			   permits network browsing to use ls with time and
 			   size sorting (default if windows)
@@ -828,8 +824,6 @@ set in the user's <.vimrc> file: (see also |netrw-settings| |netrw-protocol|)
         g:netrw_uid             Holds current user-id for ftp.
         g:netrw_use_nt_rcp      =0 don't use WinNT/2K/XP's rcp (default)
                                 =1 use WinNT/2K/XP's rcp, binary mode
-        g:netrw_win95ftp        =0 use unix-style ftp even if win95/98/ME/etc
-                                =1 use default method to do ftp >
 	-----------------------------------------------------------------------
 <
 						*netrw-internal-variables*
@@ -958,21 +952,8 @@ messages) you may write a NetReadFixup() function:
     endfunction
 >
 The NetReadFixup() function will be called if it exists and thus allows you to
-customize your reading process.  As a further example, <netrw.vim> contains
-just such a function to handle Windows 95 ftp.  For whatever reason, Windows
-95's ftp dumps four blank lines at the end of a transfer, and so it is
-desirable to automate their removal.  Here's some code taken from <netrw.vim>
-itself:
->
-    if has("win95") && g:netrw_win95ftp
-     fun! NetReadFixup(method, line1, line2)
-       if method == 3   " ftp (no <.netrc>)
-        let fourblanklines= line2 - 3
-        silent fourblanklines .. "," .. line2 .. "g/^\s*/d"
-       endif
-     endfunction
-    endif
->
+customize your reading process.
+
 (Related topics: |ftp| |netrw-userpass| |netrw-start|)
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -2052,11 +2033,7 @@ passwords:
     better way to do that: I can use a regular ssh account which uses a
     password to access the material without the need to key-in the password
     each time. It's good for security and convenience. I tried ssh public key
-    authorization + ssh-agent, implementing this, and it works! Here are two
-    links with instructions:
-
-    http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/library/l-keyc2/
-    http://sial.org/howto/openssh/publickey-auth/
+    authorization + ssh-agent, implementing this, and it works!
 
 
     Ssh hints:
@@ -3412,16 +3389,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	(This section is likely to grow as I get feedback)
 	(also see |netrw-debug|)
 								*netrw-p1*
-	P1. I use windows 95, and my ftp dumps four blank lines at the      {{{2
-	    end of every read.
-
-		See |netrw-fixup|, and put the following into your
-		<.vimrc> file:
-
-			let g:netrw_win95ftp= 1
-
-								*netrw-p2*
-	P2. I use Windows, and my network browsing with ftp doesn't sort by {{{2
+	P1. I use Windows, and my network browsing with ftp doesn't sort by {{{2
 	    time or size!  -or-  The remote system is a Windows server; why
 	    don't I get sorts by time or size?
 
@@ -3447,8 +3415,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		modify its listing behavior.
 
 
-								*netrw-p3*
-	P3. I tried rcp://user@host/ (or protocol other than ftp) and netrw {{{2
+								*netrw-p2*
+	P2. I tried rcp://user@host/ (or protocol other than ftp) and netrw {{{2
 	    used ssh!  That wasn't what I asked for...
 
 		Netrw has two methods for browsing remote directories: ssh
@@ -3456,8 +3424,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		When it comes time to do download a file (not just a directory
 		listing), netrw will use the given protocol to do so.
 
-								*netrw-p4*
-	P4. I would like long listings to be the default.                   {{{2
+								*netrw-p3*
+	P3. I would like long listings to be the default.                   {{{2
 
 		Put the following statement into your |.vimrc|: >
 
@@ -3466,8 +3434,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		Check out |netrw-browser-var| for more customizations that
 		you can set.
 
-								*netrw-p5*
-	P5. My times come up oddly in local browsing                        {{{2
+								*netrw-p4*
+	P4. My times come up oddly in local browsing                        {{{2
 
 		Does your system's strftime() accept the "%c" to yield dates
 		such as "Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997"?  If not, do a
@@ -3476,16 +3444,16 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 
 			let g:netrw_timefmt= "%X"  (where X is the option)
 <
-								*netrw-p6*
-	P6. I want my current directory to track my browsing.               {{{2
+								*netrw-p5*
+	P5. I want my current directory to track my browsing.               {{{2
 	    How do I do that?
 
 	    Put the following line in your |.vimrc|:
 >
 		let g:netrw_keepdir= 0
 <
-								*netrw-p7*
-	P7. I use Chinese (or other non-ascii) characters in my filenames,  {{{2
+								*netrw-p6*
+	P6. I use Chinese (or other non-ascii) characters in my filenames,  {{{2
 	    and netrw (Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, etc) doesn't display them!
 
 		(taken from an answer provided by Wu Yongwei on the vim
@@ -3499,8 +3467,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 
 		(...it is one more reason to recommend that people use utf-8!)
 
-								*netrw-p8*
-	P8. I'm getting "ssh is not executable on your system" -- what do I {{{2
+								*netrw-p7*
+	P7. I'm getting "ssh is not executable on your system" -- what do I {{{2
 	    do?
 
 		(Dudley Fox) Most people I know use putty for windows ssh.  It
@@ -3582,8 +3550,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		of the others will use the string in g:netrw_ssh_cmd by
 		default.
 
-						*netrw-p9* *netrw-ml_get*
-	P9. I'm browsing, changing directory, and bang!  ml_get errors      {{{2
+						*netrw-p8* *netrw-ml_get*
+	P8. I'm browsing, changing directory, and bang!  ml_get errors      {{{2
 	    appear and I have to kill vim.  Any way around this?
 
 		Normally netrw attempts to avoid writing swapfiles for
@@ -3593,8 +3561,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		in your <.vimrc>: >
 			let g:netrw_use_noswf= 0
 <
-								*netrw-p10*
-	P10. I'm being pestered with "[something] is a directory" and       {{{2
+								*netrw-p9*
+	P9. I'm being pestered with "[something] is a directory" and       {{{2
 	     "Press ENTER or type command to continue" prompts...
 
 		The "[something] is a directory" prompt is issued by Vim,
@@ -3604,8 +3572,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		I also suggest that you set your |'cmdheight'| to 2 (or more) in
 		your <.vimrc> file.
 
-								*netrw-p11*
-	P11. I want to have two windows; a thin one on the left and my      {{{2
+								*netrw-p10*
+	P10. I want to have two windows; a thin one on the left and my      {{{2
 	     editing window on the right.  How may I accomplish this?
 
 	     You probably want netrw running as in a side window.  If so, you
@@ -3630,8 +3598,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		  <middlemouse> to select the file.
 
 
-								*netrw-p12*
-	P12. My directory isn't sorting correctly, or unwanted letters are  {{{2
+								*netrw-p11*
+	P11. My directory isn't sorting correctly, or unwanted letters are  {{{2
 	     appearing in the listed filenames, or things aren't lining
 	     up properly in the wide listing, ...
 
@@ -3640,8 +3608,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     Multibyte encodings use two (or more) bytes per character.
 	     You may need to change |g:netrw_sepchr| and/or |g:netrw_xstrlen|.
 
-								*netrw-p13*
-	P13. I'm a Windows + putty + ssh user, and when I attempt to        {{{2
+								*netrw-p12*
+	P12. I'm a Windows + putty + ssh user, and when I attempt to        {{{2
 	     browse, the directories are missing trailing "/"s so netrw treats
 	     them as file transfers instead of as attempts to browse
 	     subdirectories.  How may I fix this?
@@ -3661,8 +3629,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	    "let g:netrw_sftp_cmd = "d:\\dev\\putty\\PSFTP.exe"
 	    "let g:netrw_scp_cmd = "d:\\dev\\putty\\PSCP.exe"
 <
-								*netrw-p14*
-	P14. I would like to speed up writes using Nwrite and scp/ssh       {{{2
+								*netrw-p13*
+	P13. I would like to speed up writes using Nwrite and scp/ssh       {{{2
 	     style connections.  How?  (Thomer M. Gil)
 
 	     Try using ssh's ControlMaster and ControlPath (see the ssh_config
@@ -3688,8 +3656,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 
 		vim scp://host.domain.com//home/user/.bashrc
 <
-								*netrw-p15*
-	P15. How may I use a double-click instead of netrw's usual single   {{{2
+								*netrw-p14*
+	P14. How may I use a double-click instead of netrw's usual single   {{{2
 	     click to open a file or directory?  (Ben Fritz)
 
 	     First, disable netrw's mapping with >
@@ -3701,8 +3669,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     all netrw's mouse mappings, not just the <leftmouse> one.
 	     (see |g:netrw_mousemaps|)
 
-								*netrw-p16*
-	P16. When editing remote files (ex. :e ftp://hostname/path/file),   {{{2
+								*netrw-p15*
+	P15. When editing remote files (ex. :e ftp://hostname/path/file),   {{{2
 	     under Windows I get an |E303| message complaining that its unable
 	     to open a swap file.
 
@@ -3710,8 +3678,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     directory.  Start netrw from your $HOME or other writable
 	     directory.
 
-								*netrw-p17*
-	P17. Netrw is closing buffers on its own.                           {{{2
+								*netrw-p16*
+	P16. Netrw is closing buffers on its own.                           {{{2
 	     What steps will reproduce the problem?
 		1. :Explore, navigate directories, open a file
 		2. :Explore, open another file
@@ -3724,15 +3692,15 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	            It appears that the buffers are not exactly closed;
 		    a ":ls!" will show them (although ":ls" does not).
 
-								*netrw-P18*
-	P18. How to locally edit a file that's only available via           {{{2
+								*netrw-P17*
+	P17. How to locally edit a file that's only available via           {{{2
 	     another server accessible via ssh?
 	     See http://stackoverflow.com/questions/12469645/
 	     "Using Vim to Remotely Edit A File on ServerB Only
 	      Accessible From ServerA"
 
-								*netrw-P19*
-	P19. How do I get numbering on in directory listings?               {{{2
+								*netrw-P18*
+	P18. How do I get numbering on in directory listings?               {{{2
 		With |g:netrw_bufsettings|, you can control netrw's buffer
 		settings; try putting >
 		  let g:netrw_bufsettings="noma nomod nu nobl nowrap ro nornu"
@@ -3740,8 +3708,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		instead, try >
 		  let g:netrw_bufsettings="noma nomod nonu nobl nowrap ro rnu"
 <
-								*netrw-P20*
-	P20. How may I have gvim start up showing a directory listing?      {{{2
+								*netrw-P19*
+	P19. How may I have gvim start up showing a directory listing?      {{{2
 		Try putting the following code snippet into your .vimrc: >
 		    augroup VimStartup
 		      au!
@@ -3753,8 +3721,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		This snippet assumes that you have client-server enabled
 		(ie. a "huge" vim version).
 
-								*netrw-P21*
-	P21. I've made a directory (or file) with an accented character,    {{{2
+								*netrw-P20*
+	P20. I've made a directory (or file) with an accented character,    {{{2
 		but netrw isn't letting me enter that directory/read that file:
 
 		Its likely that the shell or o/s is using a different encoding
@@ -3764,8 +3732,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 
 			au FileType netrw set enc=latin1
 <
-								*netrw-P22*
-	P22. I get an error message when I try to copy or move a file:      {{{2
+								*netrw-P21*
+	P21. I get an error message when I try to copy or move a file:      {{{2
 
 		**error** (netrw) tried using g:netrw_localcopycmd<cp>; it doesn't work!
 

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
@@ -164,7 +164,8 @@ Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
 	v2			* converted to use Vim7's new autoload feature
 				  by Bram Moolenaar
 	v1	(original)	* Michael Toren
-				  (see http://michael.toren.net/code/)
+				  (see http://michael.toren.net/code/
+				   link seems dead)
 
 ==============================================================================
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2022 Oct 07
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -186,6 +186,7 @@ Manipulating a popup window:
 	|popup_move()|		change the position and size of a popup
 	|popup_setoptions()|	override options of a popup
 	|popup_settext()|	replace the popup buffer contents
+	|popup_setbuf()|	set the buffer for the popup window
 
 Closing popup windows:
 	|popup_close()|		close one popup
@@ -219,6 +220,8 @@ popup_atcursor({what}, {options})			*popup_atcursor()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->popup_atcursor({})
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 popup_beval({what}, {options})			*popup_beval()*
@@ -237,6 +240,8 @@ popup_beval({what}, {options})			*popup_beval()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->popup_beval({})
 <
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 							*popup_clear()*
 popup_clear([{force}])
 		Emergency solution to a misbehaving plugin: close all popup
@@ -248,6 +253,8 @@ popup_clear([{force}])
 		when it is the current window.  If a terminal is running in a
 		popup it is killed.
 
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
 		Close popup {id}.  The window and the associated buffer will
@@ -260,6 +267,8 @@ popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_close()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
@@ -290,6 +299,8 @@ popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->popup_create({})
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 popup_dialog({what}, {options})				*popup_dialog()*
@@ -314,6 +325,8 @@ popup_dialog({what}, {options})				*popup_dialog()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->popup_dialog({})
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_menu()*
@@ -336,6 +349,8 @@ popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_menu()*
 		To add shortcut keys, see the example here:
 		|popup_menu-shortcut-example|
 
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_yesno()*
 		Filter that can be used for a popup. It handles only the keys
@@ -346,12 +361,16 @@ popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_yesno()*
 		keys are ignored.
 		See the example here: |popup_dialog-example|
 
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 popup_findecho()					*popup_findecho()*
 		Get the |window-ID| for the popup that shows messages for the
 		`:echowindow` command.  Return zero if there is none.
 		Mainly useful to hide the popup.
 
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 popup_findinfo()					*popup_findinfo()*
 		Get the |window-ID| for the popup info window, as it used by
@@ -361,11 +380,16 @@ popup_findinfo()					*popup_findinfo()*
 		the item in the popup menu.
 		Returns zero if there is none.
 
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 popup_findpreview()					*popup_findpreview()*
 		Get the |window-ID| for the popup preview window.
 		Return zero if there is none.
 
+		Return type: |Number|
+
+
 popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		Return the {options} for popup {id} in a Dict.
 		A zero value means the option was not set.  For "zindex" the
@@ -399,6 +423,8 @@ popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_getoptions()
+<
+		Return type: dict<any>
 
 
 popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*
@@ -428,6 +454,8 @@ popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_getpos()
+<
+		Return type: dict<number> or dict<any>
 
 
 popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
@@ -440,11 +468,15 @@ popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_hide()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 popup_list()						 *popup_list()*
 		Return a List with the |window-ID| of all existing popups.
 
+		Return type: list<number> or list<any>
+
 
 popup_locate({row}, {col})				 *popup_locate()*
 		Return the |window-ID| of the popup at screen position {row}
@@ -452,6 +484,8 @@ popup_locate({row}, {col})				 *popup_locate()*
 		highest zindex is returned.  If there are no popups at this
 		position then zero is returned.
 
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 popup_menu({what}, {options})				 *popup_menu()*
 		Show the {what} near the cursor, handle selecting one of the
@@ -484,6 +518,8 @@ popup_menu({what}, {options})				 *popup_menu()*
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChoices()->popup_menu({})
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 popup_move({id}, {options})					*popup_move()*
@@ -503,6 +539,8 @@ popup_move({id}, {options})					*popup_move()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_move(options)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 popup_notification({what}, {options})			 *popup_notification()*
@@ -533,6 +571,20 @@ popup_notification({what}, {options})			 *popup_notification()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->popup_notification({})
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
+
+
+popup_setbuf({id}, {buf})				*popup_setbuf()*
+		Set buffer {buf} to be displayed in popup win {id}.  For the
+		use of {buf}, see |bufname()| function.
+		May change window size or position to adjust for the size
+		of the buffer text.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_setbuf(bufnr('foobar'))
+<
+		Return type: |vim9-boolean|
 
 
 popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
@@ -569,17 +621,20 @@ popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_setoptions(options)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 popup_settext({id}, {text})				*popup_settext()*
-		Set the text of the buffer in popup win {id}. {text} is the
-		same as supplied to |popup_create()|, except that a buffer
-		number is not allowed.
+		Set the text of the buffer in popup win {id}. {text} is
+		a string or a list of strings to be displayed in the popup.
 		Does not change the window size or position, other than caused
 		by the different text.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_settext('hello')
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 popup_show({id})						*popup_show()*
@@ -588,6 +643,8 @@ popup_show({id})						*popup_show()*
 		If {id} is the info popup it will be positioned next to the
 		current popup menu item.
 
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Usage						*popup-usage*

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*print.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2022 Oct 01
+*print.txt*     For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -497,10 +497,11 @@ No CJK fonts are supplied with Vim.  There are some free Korean, Japanese, and
 Traditional Chinese fonts available at:
 
   http://examples.oreilly.com/cjkvinfo/adobe/samples/
+  https://resources.oreilly.com/examples/9781565922242/
 
 You can find descriptions of the various fonts in the read me file at
 
-  http://examples.oreilly.de/english_examples/cjkvinfo/adobe/00README
+  https://resources.oreilly.com/examples/9781565922242/-/blob/master/00README
 
 Please read your printer documentation on how to install new fonts.
 
@@ -591,7 +592,7 @@ There are three available versions:
 - GNU Ghostscript which is available under the GNU General Public License.  It
   can be obtained from:
 
-    ftp://mirror.cs.wisc.edu/pub/mirrors/ghost/gnu/
+    https://www.gnu.org/software/ghostscript
 
 - A commercial version for inclusion in commercial products.
 
@@ -616,10 +617,7 @@ X11
 - Ghostview.  Obtainable from:
 
     http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gv/
-
-- gv.  Derived from Ghostview.  Obtainable from:
-
-    http://wwwthep.physik.uni-mainz.de/~plass/gv/
+    https://www.gnu.org/software/gv/
 
   Copies (possibly not the most recent) can be found at:
 
@@ -627,7 +625,8 @@ X11
 
 OpenVMS
 
-- Is apparently supported in the main code now (untested).  See:
+- Is apparently supported in the main code now (untested).
+  See (link seems dead):
 
     http://wwwthep.physik.uni-mainz.de/~plass/gv/
 
@@ -644,12 +643,6 @@ Linux
 
     http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/
 
-- BMV.  Different from Ghostview and gv in that it doesn't use X but svgalib.
-  Obtainable from:
-
-    ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/apps/graphics/viewers/svga/bmv-1.2.tgz
-
-
 7.3 PSUtils
 
 PSUtils is a collection of utility programs for manipulating PostScript

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Apr 15
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -287,7 +287,8 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
 						*:cb* *:cbuffer* *E681*
-:cb[uffer][!] [bufnr]	Read the error list from the current buffer.
+:[range]cb[uffer][!] [bufnr]
+			Read the error list from the current buffer.
 			When [bufnr] is given it must be the number of a
 			loaded buffer.  That buffer will then be used instead
 			of the current buffer.
@@ -296,26 +297,31 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			See |:cc| for [!].
 
 						*:lb* *:lbuffer*
-:lb[uffer][!] [bufnr]	Same as ":cbuffer", except the location list for the
+:[range]lb[uffer][!] [bufnr]
+			Same as ":cbuffer", except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
 						*:cgetb* *:cgetbuffer*
-:cgetb[uffer] [bufnr]	Read the error list from the current buffer.  Just
+:[range]cgetb[uffer] [bufnr]
+			Read the error list from the current buffer.  Just
 			like ":cbuffer" but don't jump to the first error.
 
 						*:lgetb* *:lgetbuffer*
-:lgetb[uffer] [bufnr]	Same as ":cgetbuffer", except the location list for
+:[range]lgetb[uffer] [bufnr]
+			Same as ":cgetbuffer", except the location list for
 			the current window is used instead of the quickfix
 			list.
 
 						*:cad* *:cadd* *:caddbuffer*
-:cad[dbuffer] [bufnr]	Read the error list from the current buffer and add
+:[range]cad[dbuffer] [bufnr]
+			Read the error list from the current buffer and add
 			the errors to the current quickfix list.  If a
 			quickfix list is not present, then a new list is
 			created. Otherwise, same as ":cbuffer".
 
 							*:laddb* *:laddbuffer*
-:laddb[uffer] [bufnr]	Same as ":caddbuffer", except the location list for
+:[range]laddb[uffer] [bufnr]
+			Same as ":caddbuffer", except the location list for
 			the current window is used instead of the quickfix
 			list.
 
@@ -1297,6 +1303,14 @@ g:compiler_gcc_ignore_unmatched_lines
 				positives.
 
 
+JAVAC							*compiler-javac*
+
+Commonly used compiler options can be added to 'makeprg' by setting the
+g:javac_makeprg_params variable.  For example: >
+
+	let g:javac_makeprg_params = "-Xlint:all -encoding utf-8"
+<
+
 MANX AZTEC C				*quickfix-manx* *compiler-manx*
 
 To use Vim with Manx's Aztec C compiler on the Amiga you should do the
@@ -1329,7 +1343,7 @@ passed to make, say :make html or :make pdf.
 Additional arguments can be passed to pandoc:
 
 - either by appending them to make, say `:make html --self-contained` .
-- or setting them in `b:pandoc_compiler_args` or `g:pandoc_compiler_args`
+- or setting them in `b:pandoc_compiler_args` or `g:pandoc_compiler_args`.
 
 PERL					*quickfix-perl* *compiler-perl*
 

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Feb 21
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -435,6 +435,9 @@ sign_define({list})
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetSignList()->sign_define()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 sign_getdefined([{name}])				*sign_getdefined()*
 		Get a list of defined signs and their attributes.
@@ -473,6 +476,9 @@ sign_getdefined([{name}])				*sign_getdefined()*
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetSignList()->sign_getdefined()
+<
+		Return type: list<dict<string>> or list<any>
+
 
 sign_getplaced([{buf} [, {dict}]])			*sign_getplaced()*
 		Return a list of signs placed in a buffer or all the buffers.
@@ -537,8 +543,10 @@ sign_getplaced([{buf} [, {dict}]])			*sign_getplaced()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufname()->sign_getplaced()
 <
-							*sign_jump()*
-sign_jump({id}, {group}, {buf})
+		Return type: list<dict<any>>
+
+
+sign_jump({id}, {group}, {buf})				*sign_jump()*
 		Open the buffer {buf} or jump to the window that contains
 		{buf} and position the cursor at sign {id} in group {group}.
 		This is similar to the |:sign-jump| command.
@@ -556,6 +564,9 @@ sign_jump({id}, {group}, {buf})
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetSignid()->sign_jump()
 <
+		Return type: |Number|
+
+
 							*sign_place()*
 sign_place({id}, {group}, {name}, {buf} [, {dict}])
 		Place the sign defined as {name} at line {lnum} in file or
@@ -608,8 +619,10 @@ sign_place({id}, {group}, {name}, {buf} [, {dict}])
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetSignid()->sign_place(group, name, expr)
 <
-							*sign_placelist()*
-sign_placelist({list})
+		Return type: |Number|
+
+
+sign_placelist({list})				*sign_placelist()*
 		Place one or more signs.  This is similar to the
 		|sign_place()| function.  The {list} argument specifies the
 		List of signs to place. Each list item is a dict with the
@@ -669,6 +682,9 @@ sign_placelist({list})
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetSignlist()->sign_placelist()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 sign_undefine([{name}])					*sign_undefine()*
 sign_undefine({list})
@@ -695,6 +711,9 @@ sign_undefine({list})
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetSignlist()->sign_undefine()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 sign_unplace({group} [, {dict}])			*sign_unplace()*
 		Remove a previously placed sign in one or more buffers.  This
@@ -741,6 +760,9 @@ sign_unplace({group} [, {dict}])			*sign_unplace()*
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetSigngroup()->sign_unplace()
 <
+		Return type: |Number|
+
+
 sign_unplacelist({list})				*sign_unplacelist()*
 		Remove previously placed signs from one or more buffers.  This
 		is similar to the |sign_unplace()| function.
@@ -772,5 +794,6 @@ sign_unplacelist({list})				*sign_unplacelist()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetSignlist()->sign_unplacelist()
 <
+		Return type: list<number> or list<any>
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 May 25
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -62,6 +62,17 @@ To search for the next misspelled word:
 							*[S*
 [S			Like "]S" but search backwards.
 
+							*]r*
+]r			Move to next "rare" word after the cursor.
+			A count before the command can be used to repeat.
+			'wrapscan' applies.
+
+							*[r*
+[r			Like "]r" but search backwards, find the "rare"
+			word before the cursor.  Doesn't recognize words
+			split over two lines, thus may stop at words that are
+			not highlighted as rare.
+
 
 To add words to your own word list:
 
@@ -903,7 +914,7 @@ right encoding.
 				*spell-AUTHOR* *spell-EMAIL* *spell-COPYRIGHT*
 	NAME		Name of the language
 	VERSION		1.0.1  with fixes
-	HOME		http://www.myhome.eu
+	HOME		<URL>
 	AUTHOR		John Doe
 	EMAIL		john AT Doe DOT net
 	COPYRIGHT	LGPL

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 21
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -104,9 +104,9 @@ rvim	 vim -Z	    Like "vim", but in restricted mode (see |-Z|)   *rvim*
 rview	 vim -RZ    Like "view", but in restricted mode.	  *rview*
 rgvim	 vim -gZ    Like "gvim", but in restricted mode.	  *rgvim*
 rgview	 vim -RgZ   Like "gview", but in restricted mode.	  *rgview*
-evim     vim -y     Easy Vim: set 'insertmode' (see |-y|)	  *evim*
-eview    vim -yR    Like "evim" in read-only mode		  *eview*
-vimdiff  vim -d	    Start in diff mode |diff-mode|
+evim	 vim -y     Easy Vim: set 'insertmode' (see |-y|)	  *evim*
+eview	 vim -yR    Like "evim" in read-only mode		  *eview*
+vimdiff	 vim -d	    Start in diff mode |diff-mode|
 gvimdiff vim -gd    Start in diff mode |diff-mode|
 
 Additional characters may follow, they are ignored.  For example, you can have
@@ -428,8 +428,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 --not-a-term	Tells Vim that the user knows that the input and/or output is
 		not connected to a terminal.  This will avoid the warning and
 		the two second delay that would happen.
-		Also avoids the "Reading from stdin..." message.
-		Also avoids the "N files to edit" message.
+		Also avoids the "Reading from stdin..." as well as the
+		"N files to edit" message.
 
 --gui-dialog-file {name}				*--gui-dialog-file*
 		When using the GUI, instead of showing a dialog, write the
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 
 	Places for your personal initializations:
 		Unix		$HOME/.vimrc, $HOME/.vim/vimrc
-                                or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/vimrc
+				or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/vimrc
 		MS-Windows	$HOME/_vimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/vimrc
 				or $VIM/_vimrc
 		Amiga		s:.vimrc, home:.vimrc, home:vimfiles:vimrc
@@ -1119,8 +1119,8 @@ feature backward compatible). However, if you want to migrate to use
 and `~/.vim/vimrc` file.
 
 							*xdg-runtime*
-When the |xdg-vimrc| is used the |'runtimepath'| will be modified accordingly
-to respect the |xdg-base-dir|: >
+When the |xdg-vimrc| is used the 'runtimepath' and 'packpath' options will be
+modified accordingly to respect the |xdg-base-dir|: >
 
     "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim,$VIMRUNTIME,/after,$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/after"
 <
@@ -1712,7 +1712,8 @@ most of the information will be restored).
 			|viminfo-file-name| above).
 			If [!] is given, then any information that is
 			already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.)
-			will be overwritten.
+			will be overwritten.  "E195" may be given, when
+			'viminfofile' has been set to "NONE".
 
 			*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886* *E929*
 :wv[iminfo][!] [file]	Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 22
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -935,18 +935,19 @@ ASTRO						*astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
 Configuration
 
 The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
-You can add them to your .vimrc: >
+You can add them to your .vimrc.
+
+To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
 	let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
 <
-Enables TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files. Default Value: "disable" >
+To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
 	let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
 <
-Enables Stylus for ".astro" files. Default Value: "disable"
-
 NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
 
 
-ASPPERL and ASPVBS			*ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
+ASPPERL							*ft-aspperl-syntax*
+ASPVBS							*ft-aspvbs-syntax*
 
 *.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script.  Since it's
 hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
@@ -1482,9 +1483,9 @@ Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
 version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
 Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
 
-Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
-for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
-(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
+Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
+still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
+Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
 
 The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
 
@@ -1541,7 +1542,8 @@ Elixir.
 
 FLEXWIKI				*flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
 
-FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
+FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
+http://www.flexwiki.com
 NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
 development stopped in 2009.
 
@@ -1907,7 +1909,7 @@ Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
 especially for large files.
 
 
-HTML/OS (by Aestiva)				*htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
+HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA)				*htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
 
 The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
 
@@ -2014,15 +2016,25 @@ Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
 how you write Java code.  The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
 functions:
 
-If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
-a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
+If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
+a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set >
 	:let java_highlight_functions="indent"
+	:let java_highlight_functions="indent1"
+	:let java_highlight_functions="indent2"
+	:let java_highlight_functions="indent3"
+	:let java_highlight_functions="indent4"
+	:let java_highlight_functions="indent5"
+	:let java_highlight_functions="indent6"
+	:let java_highlight_functions="indent7"
+	:let java_highlight_functions="indent8"
+Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
 However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
-supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
+supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is any
+amount of indentation, you may want to set >
 	:let java_highlight_functions="style"
-If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
-declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
-definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
+If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want function
+declarations to be highlighted, create your own definitions by changing the
+definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim that includes the
 original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
 
 In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
@@ -2086,6 +2098,15 @@ To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
 	let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
 
 
+JQ				*jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
+
+To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
+	hi link jqNumber Normal
+
+If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
+	let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
+
+
 LACE						*lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
 
 Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
@@ -3027,6 +3048,13 @@ To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
 	let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
 
 
+RASI					*rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
+
+Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
+rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
+inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
+as rasi files: .rasi.
+
 READLINE				*readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
 
 The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
@@ -3743,6 +3771,19 @@ set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire.  Example: >
 
 	:let tf_minlines = your choice
 <
+TYPESCRIPT				*typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
+				*typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
+
+There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
+
+						*g:typescript_host_keyword*
+When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
+are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
+
+	let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
+<
+The default value is 1.
+
 VIM			*vim.vim*		*ft-vim-syntax*
 			*g:vimsyn_minlines*	*g:vimsyn_maxlines*
 There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
@@ -3761,35 +3802,42 @@ The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
 embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
 
    g:vimsyn_embed == 0   : don't support any embedded scripts
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
-   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
 <
 By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
-itself supports.  Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
-of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
-and embedded perl.
+itself supports.  Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
+types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
+mzscheme and embedded perl).
 						*g:vimsyn_folding*
-
-Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
+Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
 
    g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua      script
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl     script
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python   script
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby     script
-   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl      script
-let g:vimsyn_folding = 'acfhlmpPrt'
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua      script
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl     script
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python   script
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby     script
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl      script
 <
-							*g:vimsyn_noerror*
+
+By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset.  Concatenate the indicated characters
+to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
+g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
+
+						*g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
+By default, strings are highlighted inside comments.  This may be disabled by
+setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
+
+						*g:vimsyn_noerror*
 Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
 is a difficult language to highlight correctly.  A way to suppress error
 highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
@@ -4314,7 +4362,9 @@ Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
 'conceallevel' option.  The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
 concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
 edit the line.
-Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
+
+Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
+bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
 
 concealends						*:syn-concealends*
 
@@ -4322,7 +4372,9 @@ When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
 the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
 Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
 'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
-in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
+in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup".  The
+|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
+items.
 
 cchar							*:syn-cchar*
 							*E844*
@@ -5632,6 +5684,10 @@ PmenuExtraSel	Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
 PmenuSbar	Popup menu: Scrollbar.
 							*hl-PmenuThumb*
 PmenuThumb	Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
+							*hl-PmenuMatch*
+PmenuMatch	Popup menu: Matched text in normal item.
+							*hl-PmenuMatchSel*
+PmenuMatchSel	Popup menu: Matched text in selected item.
 							*hl-PopupNotification*
 PopupNotification
 		Popup window created with |popup_notification()|.  If not

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Mar 25
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -225,8 +225,9 @@ gT		Go to the previous tab page.  Wraps around from the first one
 							*:tabl* *:tablast*
 :tabl[ast]	Go to the last tab page.
 
-					*g<Tab>* *CTRL-W_g<Tab>* *<C-Tab>*
-g<Tab>		Go to the last accessed tab page.
+<C-Tab>					*g<Tab>* *CTRL-W_g<Tab>* *<C-Tab>*
+g<Tab>
+CTRL-W g<Tab>	Go to the last accessed tab page.
 
 Other commands:
 							*:tabs*

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -2015,6 +2015,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 52.3	usr_52.txt	/*52.3*
 52.4	usr_52.txt	/*52.4*
 52.5	usr_52.txt	/*52.5*
+52.6	usr_52.txt	/*52.6*
 8g8	various.txt	/*8g8*
 90.1	usr_90.txt	/*90.1*
 90.2	usr_90.txt	/*90.2*
@@ -5876,6 +5877,7 @@ ZZ	editing.txt	/*ZZ*
 [p	change.txt	/*[p*
 [pattern]	pattern.txt	/*[pattern]*
 [quotex]	intro.txt	/*[quotex]*
+[r	spell.txt	/*[r*
 [range]	cmdline.txt	/*[range]*
 [s	spell.txt	/*[s*
 [star	motion.txt	/*[star*
@@ -5904,6 +5906,7 @@ ZZ	editing.txt	/*ZZ*
 ]i	tagsrch.txt	/*]i*
 ]m	motion.txt	/*]m*
 ]p	change.txt	/*]p*
+]r	spell.txt	/*]r*
 ]s	spell.txt	/*]s*
 ]star	motion.txt	/*]star*
 ]z	fold.txt	/*]z*
@@ -6515,6 +6518,7 @@ command-block	vim9.txt	/*command-block*
 command-line-functions	usr_41.txt	/*command-line-functions*
 command-line-window	cmdline.txt	/*command-line-window*
 command-mode	intro.txt	/*command-mode*
+comment-install	usr_05.txt	/*comment-install*
 compatible-default	starting.txt	/*compatible-default*
 compile-changes-5	version5.txt	/*compile-changes-5*
 compile-changes-6	version6.txt	/*compile-changes-6*
@@ -6528,6 +6532,7 @@ compiler-dotnet	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-dotnet*
 compiler-gcc	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-gcc*
 compiler-gnat	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-gnat*
 compiler-hpada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-hpada*
+compiler-javac	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-javac*
 compiler-manx	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-manx*
 compiler-pandoc	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-pandoc*
 compiler-perl	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-perl*
@@ -7087,6 +7092,7 @@ file-searching	editing.txt	/*file-searching*
 file-type	filetype.txt	/*file-type*
 file-types	filetype.txt	/*file-types*
 file_readable()	builtin.txt	/*file_readable()*
+filecopy()	builtin.txt	/*filecopy()*
 fileencoding-changed	version6.txt	/*fileencoding-changed*
 filename-backslash	cmdline.txt	/*filename-backslash*
 filename-modifiers	cmdline.txt	/*filename-modifiers*
@@ -7225,6 +7231,7 @@ ft-ada-syntax	ft_ada.txt	/*ft-ada-syntax*
 ft-ada-variables	ft_ada.txt	/*ft-ada-variables*
 ft-ant-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ant-syntax*
 ft-apache-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-apache-syntax*
+ft-arduino-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-arduino-plugin*
 ft-asciidoc-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-asciidoc-plugin*
 ft-asm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-asm-syntax*
 ft-asm68k-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-asm68k-syntax*
@@ -7281,6 +7288,7 @@ ft-gitcommit-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-gitcommit-plugin*
 ft-gprof-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-gprof-plugin*
 ft-groff-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-groff-syntax*
 ft-gsp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-gsp-syntax*
+ft-hare	filetype.txt	/*ft-hare*
 ft-haskell-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-haskell-syntax*
 ft-html-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-html-indent*
 ft-html-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-html-omni*
@@ -7291,6 +7299,7 @@ ft-inform-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-inform-syntax*
 ft-java-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-java-plugin*
 ft-java-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-java-syntax*
 ft-javascript-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-javascript-omni*
+ft-jq-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-jq-syntax*
 ft-json-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-json-plugin*
 ft-json-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-json-syntax*
 ft-ksh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ksh-syntax*
@@ -7353,6 +7362,7 @@ ft-qf-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-qf-plugin*
 ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
 ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-r-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-r-syntax*
+ft-rasi-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rasi-syntax*
 ft-readline-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-readline-syntax*
 ft-rego-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rego-syntax*
 ft-rexx-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rexx-syntax*
@@ -7386,6 +7396,8 @@ ft-termcap-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-termcap-syntax*
 ft-tex-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-tex-plugin*
 ft-tex-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-tex-syntax*
 ft-tf-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-tf-syntax*
+ft-typescript-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-typescript-syntax*
+ft-typescriptreact-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
 ft-vb-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-vb-syntax*
 ft-verilog-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-verilog-indent*
 ft-vhdl-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-vhdl-indent*
@@ -7399,10 +7411,12 @@ ft-xml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xml-syntax*
 ft-xpm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xpm-syntax*
 ft-yaml-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-yaml-indent*
 ft-yaml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-yaml-syntax*
+ft-zig-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-zig-plugin*
 ft-zimbu-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-zimbu-plugin*
 ft-zsh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-zsh-syntax*
 ft_ada.txt	ft_ada.txt	/*ft_ada.txt*
 ft_context.txt	ft_context.txt	/*ft_context.txt*
+ft_hare.txt	ft_hare.txt	/*ft_hare.txt*
 ft_mp.txt	ft_mp.txt	/*ft_mp.txt*
 ft_ps1.txt	ft_ps1.txt	/*ft_ps1.txt*
 ft_raku.txt	ft_raku.txt	/*ft_raku.txt*
@@ -7488,7 +7502,9 @@ g:decada.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Error_Format*
 g:decada.Make()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Make()*
 g:decada.Make_Command	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Make_Command*
 g:decada.Unit_Name()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Unit_Name()*
+g:do_no_lazyload_menus	gui.txt	/*g:do_no_lazyload_menus*
 g:filetype_csh	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_csh*
+g:filetype_haredoc	ft_hare.txt	/*g:filetype_haredoc*
 g:filetype_r	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_r*
 g:ftplugin_rust_source_path	ft_rust.txt	/*g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
 g:gnat	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat*
@@ -7504,6 +7520,9 @@ g:gnat.Set_Project_File()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Set_Project_File()*
 g:gnat.Tags()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Tags()*
 g:gnat.Tags_Command	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Tags_Command*
 g:gzip_exec	pi_gzip.txt	/*g:gzip_exec*
+g:hare_recommended_style	ft_hare.txt	/*g:hare_recommended_style*
+g:hare_space_error	ft_hare.txt	/*g:hare_space_error*
+g:haredoc_search_depth	ft_hare.txt	/*g:haredoc_search_depth*
 g:html_charset_override	syntax.txt	/*g:html_charset_override*
 g:html_diff_one_file	syntax.txt	/*g:html_diff_one_file*
 g:html_dynamic_folds	syntax.txt	/*g:html_dynamic_folds*
@@ -7628,7 +7647,6 @@ g:netrw_use_errorwindow	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_errorwindow*
 g:netrw_use_noswf	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_noswf*
 g:netrw_use_nt_rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_nt_rcp*
 g:netrw_usetab	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_usetab*
-g:netrw_win95ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_win95ftp*
 g:netrw_winsize	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_winsize*
 g:netrw_wiw	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_wiw*
 g:netrw_xstrlen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_xstrlen*
@@ -7686,17 +7704,21 @@ g:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_stylish*
 g:tex_subscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_subscripts*
 g:tex_superscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_superscripts*
 g:tex_verbspell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_verbspell*
+g:typescript_host_keyword	syntax.txt	/*g:typescript_host_keyword*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
 g:vim_indent	indent.txt	/*g:vim_indent*
 g:vim_indent_cont	indent.txt	/*g:vim_indent_cont*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
 g:vimball_mkdir	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_mkdir*
+g:vimsyn_comment_strings	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
 g:vimsyn_embed	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_embed*
 g:vimsyn_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_folding*
 g:vimsyn_maxlines	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_maxlines*
 g:vimsyn_minlines	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_minlines*
 g:vimsyn_noerror	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_noerror*
 g:yaml_schema	syntax.txt	/*g:yaml_schema*
+g:zig_recommended_style	filetype.txt	/*g:zig_recommended_style*
+g:zig_std_dir	filetype.txt	/*g:zig_std_dir*
 g:zipPlugin_ext	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zipPlugin_ext*
 g:zip_exec	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zip_exec*
 g:zip_extractcmd	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zip_extractcmd*
@@ -7796,6 +7818,7 @@ getreg()	builtin.txt	/*getreg()*
 getreginfo()	builtin.txt	/*getreginfo()*
 getregion()	builtin.txt	/*getregion()*
 getregion-notes	builtin.txt	/*getregion-notes*
+getregionpos()	builtin.txt	/*getregionpos()*
 getregtype()	builtin.txt	/*getregtype()*
 getscript	pi_getscript.txt	/*getscript*
 getscript-autoinstall	pi_getscript.txt	/*getscript-autoinstall*
@@ -7966,6 +7989,10 @@ haiku-user-settings-dir	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-user-settings-dir*
 haiku-vimdir	os_haiku.txt	/*haiku-vimdir*
 hangul	hangulin.txt	/*hangul*
 hangulin.txt	hangulin.txt	/*hangulin.txt*
+hare	ft_hare.txt	/*hare*
+hare-intro	ft_hare.txt	/*hare-intro*
+hare-plugin	ft_hare.txt	/*hare-plugin*
+hare-settings	ft_hare.txt	/*hare-settings*
 has()	builtin.txt	/*has()*
 has-patch	builtin.txt	/*has-patch*
 has-python	if_pyth.txt	/*has-python*
@@ -8065,6 +8092,8 @@ hl-PmenuExtra	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuExtra*
 hl-PmenuExtraSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuExtraSel*
 hl-PmenuKind	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuKind*
 hl-PmenuKindSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuKindSel*
+hl-PmenuMatch	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuMatch*
+hl-PmenuMatchSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuMatchSel*
 hl-PmenuSbar	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuSbar*
 hl-PmenuSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuSel*
 hl-PmenuThumb	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuThumb*
@@ -8408,6 +8437,8 @@ job_start()	channel.txt	/*job_start()*
 job_status()	channel.txt	/*job_status()*
 job_stop()	channel.txt	/*job_stop()*
 join()	builtin.txt	/*join()*
+jq.vim	syntax.txt	/*jq.vim*
+jq_quote_highlight	syntax.txt	/*jq_quote_highlight*
 js_decode()	builtin.txt	/*js_decode()*
 js_encode()	builtin.txt	/*js_encode()*
 jsbterm-mouse	options.txt	/*jsbterm-mouse*
@@ -8688,6 +8719,7 @@ mbyte-utf8	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-utf8*
 mbyte.txt	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte.txt*
 menu-changes-5.4	version5.txt	/*menu-changes-5.4*
 menu-examples	gui.txt	/*menu-examples*
+menu-lazyload	gui.txt	/*menu-lazyload*
 menu-priority	gui.txt	/*menu-priority*
 menu-separator	gui.txt	/*menu-separator*
 menu-shortcut	gui.txt	/*menu-shortcut*
@@ -8832,11 +8864,11 @@ netrw-D	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-D*
 netrw-I	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-I*
 netrw-O	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-O*
 netrw-P	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P*
+netrw-P17	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P17*
 netrw-P18	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P18*
 netrw-P19	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P19*
 netrw-P20	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P20*
 netrw-P21	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P21*
-netrw-P22	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P22*
 netrw-R	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-R*
 netrw-S	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-S*
 netrw-Tb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Tb*
@@ -8966,7 +8998,6 @@ netrw-p13	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p13*
 netrw-p14	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p14*
 netrw-p15	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p15*
 netrw-p16	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p16*
-netrw-p17	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p17*
 netrw-p2	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p2*
 netrw-p3	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p3*
 netrw-p4	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p4*
@@ -9147,6 +9178,8 @@ no_buffers_menu	gui.txt	/*no_buffers_menu*
 no_mail_maps	filetype.txt	/*no_mail_maps*
 no_plugin_maps	filetype.txt	/*no_plugin_maps*
 nocombine	syntax.txt	/*nocombine*
+nohlsearch-auto	pattern.txt	/*nohlsearch-auto*
+nohlsearch-install	usr_05.txt	/*nohlsearch-install*
 non-greedy	pattern.txt	/*non-greedy*
 non-zero-arg	eval.txt	/*non-zero-arg*
 none-function_argument	userfunc.txt	/*none-function_argument*
@@ -9400,6 +9433,7 @@ popup_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_menu()*
 popup_menu-shortcut-example	popup.txt	/*popup_menu-shortcut-example*
 popup_move()	popup.txt	/*popup_move()*
 popup_notification()	popup.txt	/*popup_notification()*
+popup_setbuf()	popup.txt	/*popup_setbuf()*
 popup_setoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_setoptions()*
 popup_settext()	popup.txt	/*popup_settext()*
 popup_show()	popup.txt	/*popup_show()*
@@ -9513,6 +9547,7 @@ python-eval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-eval*
 python-examples	if_pyth.txt	/*python-examples*
 python-fchdir	if_pyth.txt	/*python-fchdir*
 python-find_module	if_pyth.txt	/*python-find_module*
+python-find_spec	if_pyth.txt	/*python-find_spec*
 python-foreach_rtp	if_pyth.txt	/*python-foreach_rtp*
 python-input	if_pyth.txt	/*python-input*
 python-options	if_pyth.txt	/*python-options*
@@ -9618,6 +9653,7 @@ raku-unicode	ft_raku.txt	/*raku-unicode*
 rand()	builtin.txt	/*rand()*
 random	builtin.txt	/*random*
 range()	builtin.txt	/*range()*
+rasi.vim	syntax.txt	/*rasi.vim*
 raw-terminal-mode	term.txt	/*raw-terminal-mode*
 rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*rcp*
 read-in-close-cb	channel.txt	/*read-in-close-cb*
@@ -10186,6 +10222,7 @@ syntax-latex	syntax.txt	/*syntax-latex*
 syntax-loading	syntax.txt	/*syntax-loading*
 syntax-printing	usr_06.txt	/*syntax-printing*
 syntax-tex	syntax.txt	/*syntax-tex*
+syntax-vs-match	pattern.txt	/*syntax-vs-match*
 syntax.txt	syntax.txt	/*syntax.txt*
 syntax_cmd	syntax.txt	/*syntax_cmd*
 sys-file-list	help.txt	/*sys-file-list*
@@ -10664,7 +10701,9 @@ text-functions	usr_41.txt	/*text-functions*
 text-objects	motion.txt	/*text-objects*
 text-objects-changed	version5.txt	/*text-objects-changed*
 text-prop-changes	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-changes*
+text-prop-cleared	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-cleared*
 text-prop-functions	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-functions*
+text-prop-functions-details	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-functions-details*
 text-prop-intro	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-intro*
 text-properties	textprop.txt	/*text-properties*
 text-property-functions	usr_41.txt	/*text-property-functions*
@@ -10722,6 +10761,8 @@ type-inference	vim9.txt	/*type-inference*
 type-mistakes	tips.txt	/*type-mistakes*
 typealias	vim9class.txt	/*typealias*
 typename()	builtin.txt	/*typename()*
+typescript.vim	syntax.txt	/*typescript.vim*
+typescriptreact.vim	syntax.txt	/*typescriptreact.vim*
 u	undo.txt	/*u*
 uganda	uganda.txt	/*uganda*
 uganda.txt	uganda.txt	/*uganda.txt*
@@ -11125,6 +11166,7 @@ vim-raku	ft_raku.txt	/*vim-raku*
 vim-script-intro	usr_41.txt	/*vim-script-intro*
 vim-script-library	eval.txt	/*vim-script-library*
 vim-security	intro.txt	/*vim-security*
+vim-shebang	various.txt	/*vim-shebang*
 vim-use	intro.txt	/*vim-use*
 vim-variable	eval.txt	/*vim-variable*
 vim.b	if_lua.txt	/*vim.b*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -546,7 +546,8 @@ JTags			For Java, in Java.  It can be found at
 			http://www.fleiner.com/jtags/.
 ptags.py		For Python, in Python.  Found in your Python source
 			directory at Tools/scripts/ptags.py.
-ptags			For Perl, in Perl.  It can be found at
+ptags			For Perl, in Perl.  It can be found at (link seems
+			dead):
 			http://www.eleves.ens.fr:8080/home/nthiery/Tags/.
 gnatxref		For Ada.  See http://www.gnuada.org/.  gnatxref is
 			part of the gnat package.

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 14
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -382,8 +382,8 @@ The options are listed below.  The associated termcap code is always equal to
 the last two characters of the option name.  Only one termcap code is
 required: Cursor motion, 't_cm'.
 
-The options 't_da', 't_db', 't_ms', 't_xs', 't_xn', 't_xo' represent flags in the
-termcap.  When the termcap flag is present, the option will be set to "y".
+The options 't_da', 't_db', 't_ms', 't_xs', 't_xn', 't_xo' represent flags in
+the termcap.  When the termcap flag is present, the option will be set to "y".
 But any non-empty string means that the flag is set.  An empty string means
 that the flag is not set.  't_CS' works like this too, but it isn't a termcap
 flag.

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Mar 17
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -536,8 +536,10 @@ term_dumpdiff({filename}, {filename} [, {options}])
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetFilename()->term_dumpdiff(otherfile)
 <
-							*term_dumpload()*
-term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])
+		Return type: |Number|
+
+
+term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])			*term_dumpload()*
 		Open a new window displaying the contents of {filename}
 		The file must have been created with |term_dumpwrite()|.
 		Returns the buffer number or zero when it fails.
@@ -548,8 +550,10 @@ term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetFilename()->term_dumpload()
 <
-							*term_dumpwrite()*
-term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
+		Return type: |Number|
+
+
+term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])		*term_dumpwrite()*
 		Dump the contents of the terminal screen of {buf} in the file
 		{filename}.  This uses a format that can be used with
 		|term_dumpload()| and |term_dumpdiff()|.
@@ -565,6 +569,9 @@ term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
 		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used for the file
 		name: >
 			GetFilename()->term_dumpwrite(bufnr)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 term_getaltscreen({buf})				*term_getaltscreen()*
 		Returns 1 if the terminal of {buf} is using the alternate
@@ -573,6 +580,8 @@ term_getaltscreen({buf})				*term_getaltscreen()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_getaltscreen()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 term_getansicolors({buf})				*term_getansicolors()*
@@ -587,8 +596,10 @@ term_getansicolors({buf})				*term_getansicolors()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_getansicolors()
+<
+		Return type: list<string> or list<any>
 
-<		{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and/or the
+		{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and/or the
 		|+termguicolors| feature}
 
 term_getattr({attr}, {what})				*term_getattr()*
@@ -602,6 +613,8 @@ term_getattr({attr}, {what})				*term_getattr()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetAttr()->term_getattr()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 term_getcursor({buf})					*term_getcursor()*
@@ -627,14 +640,20 @@ term_getcursor({buf})					*term_getcursor()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_getcursor()
+<
+		Return type: list<any>
+
 
 term_getjob({buf})					*term_getjob()*
 		Get the Job associated with terminal window {buf}.
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
-		Returns |v:null| when there is no job.
+		Returns |v:null| when there is no job. In Vim9 script, return
+		|null_job| when there is no job.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_getjob()
+<
+		Return type: |job|
 
 
 term_getline({buf}, {row})				*term_getline()*
@@ -649,6 +668,8 @@ term_getline({buf}, {row})				*term_getline()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_getline(row)
+<
+		Return type: |String|
 
 
 term_getscrolled({buf})					*term_getscrolled()*
@@ -664,6 +685,8 @@ term_getscrolled({buf})					*term_getscrolled()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_getscrolled()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
@@ -677,6 +700,8 @@ term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_getsize()
+<
+		Return type: list<number> or list<any>
 
 
 term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
@@ -693,6 +718,8 @@ term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_getstatus()
+<
+		Return type: |String|
 
 
 term_gettitle({buf})					*term_gettitle()*
@@ -705,6 +732,8 @@ term_gettitle({buf})					*term_gettitle()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_gettitle()
+<
+		Return type: |String|
 
 
 term_gettty({buf} [, {input}])				*term_gettty()*
@@ -717,12 +746,16 @@ term_gettty({buf} [, {input}])				*term_gettty()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_gettty()
+<
+		Return type: |String|
 
 
 term_list()						*term_list()*
 		Return a list with the buffer numbers of all buffers for
 		terminal windows.
 
+		Return type: list<number> or list<any>
+
 
 term_scrape({buf}, {row})				*term_scrape()*
 		Get the contents of {row} of terminal screen of {buf}.
@@ -744,6 +777,8 @@ term_scrape({buf}, {row})				*term_scrape()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_scrape(row)
+<
+		Return type: list<dict<any>> or list<any>
 
 
 term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*
@@ -755,6 +790,8 @@ term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_sendkeys(keys)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
@@ -788,8 +825,10 @@ term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_setansicolors(colors)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
-<		{only available with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors|
+		{only available with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors|
 		feature}
 
 
@@ -804,6 +843,8 @@ term_setapi({buf}, {expr})				*term_setapi()*
 
 		When used as a method the base is used for {buf}: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_setapi({expr})
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
@@ -820,6 +861,8 @@ term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_setkill(how)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*
@@ -833,6 +876,8 @@ term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_setrestore(command)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
@@ -847,6 +892,8 @@ term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_setsize(rows, cols)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
@@ -922,6 +969,8 @@ term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetCommand()->term_start()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 term_wait({buf} [, {time}])					*term_wait()*
@@ -932,6 +981,8 @@ term_wait({buf} [, {time}])					*term_wait()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_wait()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Terminal communication			 *terminal-communication*
@@ -1473,6 +1524,9 @@ If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_use_prompt = 1
 <
 Mappings ~
+The termdebug plugin enables a few default mappings.  All those mappings
+are reset to their original values once the termdebug session concludes.
+
 					*termdebug_map_K* *termdebug-mappings*
 The K key is normally mapped to |:Evaluate| unless a buffer local (|:map-local|)
 mapping to K already exists.  If you do not want this use: >

runtime/doc/test_urls.vim

@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ func Test_check_URLs()
   else
     let s:outdev = '/dev/null'
   endif
-" Restorer: For Windows users. If "curl" or "weget" is installed on the system
-" but not in %PATH%, add the full routes for them to this environment variable.
+" Restorer: For Windows users. If "curl" or "wget" is installed on the system
+" but not in %PATH%, add the full path to them to %PATH% environment variable.
   if executable('curl')
     " Note: does not follow redirects!
-    let s:command1 = 'curl --silent --fail --output ' ..s:outdev.. ' --head '
+    let s:command1 = 'curl --silent --max-time 5 --fail --output ' ..s:outdev.. ' --head '
     let s:command2 = ""
   elseif executable('wget')
     " Note: only allow a couple of redirects

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 07
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -45,12 +45,16 @@ test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat})		*test_alloc_fail()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetAllocId()->test_alloc_fail()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 test_autochdir()					*test_autochdir()*
 		Set a flag to enable the effect of 'autochdir' before Vim
 		startup has finished.
 
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 test_feedinput({string})				*test_feedinput()*
 		Characters in {string} are queued for processing as if they
@@ -59,6 +63,8 @@ test_feedinput({string})				*test_feedinput()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->test_feedinput()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 test_garbagecollect_now()			 *test_garbagecollect_now()*
@@ -69,11 +75,13 @@ test_garbagecollect_now()			 *test_garbagecollect_now()*
 		This will not work when called from a :def function, because
 		variables on the stack will be freed.
 
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 test_garbagecollect_soon()			 *test_garbagecollect_soon()*
 		Set the flag to call the garbagecollector as if in the main
 		loop.  Only to be used in tests.
 
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 test_getvalue({name})					*test_getvalue()*
 		Get the value of an internal variable.  These values for
@@ -83,6 +91,8 @@ test_getvalue({name})					*test_getvalue()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetName()->test_getvalue()
 <
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 						*test_gui_event()*
 test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		Generate a GUI {event} with arguments {args} for testing Vim
@@ -212,6 +222,8 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetEvent()->test_gui_event({args})
 <
+		Return type: |vim9-boolean|
+
 test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
 		Ignore any error containing {expr}.  A normal message is given
 		instead.
@@ -224,7 +236,8 @@ test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetErrorText()->test_ignore_error()
-
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 test_mswin_event({event}, {args})		*test_mswin_event()*
 		Generate a low-level MS-Windows {event} with arguments {args}
@@ -307,40 +320,49 @@ test_mswin_event({event}, {args})		*test_mswin_event()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetEvent()->test_mswin_event({args})
 <
+		Return type: |vim9-boolean|
 
 test_null_blob()					*test_null_blob()*
 		Return a |Blob| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 
+		Return type: |Blob|
 
 test_null_channel()					*test_null_channel()*
 		Return a |Channel| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 		{only available when compiled with the +channel feature}
 
+		Return type: |Channel|
 
 test_null_dict()					*test_null_dict()*
 		Return a |Dict| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 
+		Return type: dict<any>
 
 test_null_function()					*test_null_function()*
 		Return a |Funcref| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 
+		Return type: func(...): unknown
 
 test_null_job()						*test_null_job()*
 		Return a |Job| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 		{only available when compiled with the +job feature}
 
+		Return type: |job|
 
 test_null_list()					*test_null_list()*
 		Return a |List| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 
+		Return type: list<any>
 
 test_null_partial()					*test_null_partial()*
 		Return a |Partial| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 
+		Return type: func(...): unknown
 
 test_null_string()					*test_null_string()*
 		Return a |String| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 
+		Return type: |String|
 
 test_option_not_set({name})				*test_option_not_set()*
 		Reset the flag that indicates option {name} was set.  Thus it
@@ -353,7 +375,8 @@ test_option_not_set({name})				*test_option_not_set()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetOptionName()->test_option_not_set()
-
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 		Overrides certain parts of Vim's internal processing to be able
@@ -365,29 +388,32 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 		{name}	     effect when {val} is non-zero ~
 		alloc_lines  make a copy of every buffer line into allocated
 			     memory, so that memory access errors can be found
-			     by valgrind
+			     by valgrind.
 		autoload     `import autoload` will load the script right
-			     away, not postponed until an item is used
-		char_avail   disable the char_avail() function
+			     away, not postponed until an item is used.
+		char_avail   disable the char_avail() function.
+		defcompile   all the |:def| functions in a sourced script are
+			     compiled when defined.  This is similar to using
+			     the |:defcompile| command in a script.
 		nfa_fail     makes the NFA regexp engine fail to force a
-			     fallback to the old engine
+			     fallback to the old engine.
 		no_query_mouse  do not query the mouse position for "dec"
-				terminals
+				terminals.
 		no_wait_return	set the "no_wait_return" flag.  Not restored
 				with "ALL".
-		redraw       disable the redrawing() function
-		redraw_flag  ignore the RedrawingDisabled flag
-		starting     reset the "starting" variable, see below
+		redraw       disable the redrawing() function.
+		redraw_flag  ignore the RedrawingDisabled flag.
+		starting     reset the "starting" variable, see below.
 		term_props   reset all terminal properties when the version
-			     string is detected
+			     string is detected.
 		ui_delay     time in msec to use in ui_delay(); overrules a
-			     wait time of up to 3 seconds for messages
-		unreachable  no error for code after `:throw` and `:return`
-		uptime	     overrules sysinfo.uptime
+			     wait time of up to 3 seconds for messages.
+		unreachable  no error for code after `:throw` and `:return`.
+		uptime	     overrules sysinfo.uptime.
 		vterm_title  setting the window title by a job running in a
-			     terminal window
+			     terminal window.
 		ALL	     clear all overrides, except alloc_lines ({val} is
-			     not used)
+			     not used).
 
 		"starting" is to be used when a test should behave like
 		startup was done.  Since the tests are run by sourcing a
@@ -406,7 +432,8 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetOverrideVal()-> test_override('starting')
-
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 test_refcount({expr})					*test_refcount()*
 		Return the reference count of {expr}.  When {expr} is of a
@@ -415,7 +442,8 @@ test_refcount({expr})					*test_refcount()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetVarname()->test_refcount()
-
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 test_setmouse({row}, {col})				*test_setmouse()*
 		Set the mouse position to be used for the next mouse action.
@@ -423,6 +451,8 @@ test_setmouse({row}, {col})				*test_setmouse()*
 		For example: >
 			call test_setmouse(4, 20)
 			call feedkeys("\<LeftMouse>", "xt")
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
@@ -436,20 +466,25 @@ test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetTime()->test_settime()
-
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 test_srand_seed([{seed}])				*test_srand_seed()*
 		When {seed} is given this sets the seed value used by
 		`srand()`.  When omitted the test seed is removed.
 
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 test_unknown()						*test_unknown()*
 		Return a value with unknown type. Only useful for testing.
 
+		Return type: unknown
 
 test_void()						*test_void()*
 		Return a value with void type. Only useful for testing.
 
+		Return type: void
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Assert functions				*assert-functions-details*
 
@@ -463,6 +498,8 @@ assert_beeps({cmd})					*assert_beeps()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetCmd()->assert_beeps()
 <
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 							*assert_equal()*
 assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		When {expected} and {actual} are not equal an error message is
@@ -483,8 +520,10 @@ assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
 		second argument: >
 			mylist->assert_equal([1, 2, 3])
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
-<							*assert_equalfile()*
+							*assert_equalfile()*
 assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two} [, {msg}])
 		When the files {fname-one} and {fname-two} do not contain
 		exactly the same text an error message is added to |v:errors|.
@@ -495,6 +534,8 @@ assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two} [, {msg}])
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLog()->assert_equalfile('expected.log')
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
 		When v:exception does not contain the string {error} an error
@@ -509,6 +550,8 @@ assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
 			  call assert_exception('E492:')
 			endtry
 <
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 							*assert_fails()*
 assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])
 		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
@@ -549,6 +592,8 @@ assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetCmd()->assert_fails('E99:')
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])			*assert_false()*
 		When {actual} is not false an error message is added to
@@ -562,6 +607,8 @@ assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])			*assert_false()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetResult()->assert_false()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}])	 *assert_inrange()*
 		This asserts number and |Float| values.  When {actual}  is lower
@@ -571,6 +618,8 @@ assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}])	 *assert_inrange()*
 		but got {actual}".  When {msg} is present it is prefixed to
 		that.
 
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 								*assert_match()*
 assert_match({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		When {pattern} does not match {actual} an error message is
@@ -594,6 +643,8 @@ assert_match({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			getFile()->assert_match('foo.*')
 <
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 assert_nobeep({cmd})					*assert_nobeep()*
 		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it
 		produces a beep or visual bell.
@@ -602,6 +653,8 @@ assert_nobeep({cmd})					*assert_nobeep()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetCmd()->assert_nobeep()
 <
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 							*assert_notequal()*
 assert_notequal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		The opposite of `assert_equal()`: add an error message to
@@ -610,8 +663,10 @@ assert_notequal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->assert_notequal([1, 2, 3])
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
-<							*assert_notmatch()*
+							*assert_notmatch()*
 assert_notmatch({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 		The opposite of `assert_match()`: add an error message to
 		|v:errors| when {pattern} matches {actual}.
@@ -619,7 +674,8 @@ assert_notmatch({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			getFile()->assert_notmatch('bar.*')
-
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 assert_report({msg})					*assert_report()*
 		Report a test failure directly, using String {msg}.
@@ -627,6 +683,8 @@ assert_report({msg})					*assert_report()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetMessage()->assert_report()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_true()*
@@ -640,5 +698,7 @@ assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_true()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetResult()->assert_true()
 <
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Apr 23
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -118,6 +118,8 @@ prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])		text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 					remove a text property
 
+						*text-prop-functions-details*
+
 						*prop_add()* *E965*
 prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		Attach a text property at position {lnum}, {col}.  {col} is
@@ -234,8 +236,10 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_add(col, props)
 <
-						*prop_add_list()*
-prop_add_list({props}, [{item}, ...])
+		Return type: |Number|
+
+
+prop_add_list({props}, [{item}, ...])			*prop_add_list()*
 		Similar to prop_add(), but attaches a text property at
 		multiple positions in a buffer.
 
@@ -284,8 +288,10 @@ prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])		*prop_clear()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_clear()
 <
-							*prop_find()*
-prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
+		Return type: |Number|
+
+
+prop_find({props} [, {direction}])			*prop_find()*
 		Search for a text property as specified with {props}:
 		   id		property with this ID
 		   type		property with this type name
@@ -310,6 +316,8 @@ prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
 		as with prop_list(), and additionally an "lnum" entry.
 		If no match is found then an empty Dict is returned.
 
+		Return type: dict<any>
+
 
 prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])				*prop_list()*
 		Returns a List with all the text properties in line {lnum}.
@@ -380,6 +388,8 @@ prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])				*prop_list()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_list()
 <
+		Return type: list<dict<any>> or list<any>
+
 						*prop_remove()* *E968* *E860*
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 		Remove a matching text property from line {lnum}.  When
@@ -409,6 +419,8 @@ prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetProps()->prop_remove()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
 
 
 prop_type_add({name}, {props})		*prop_type_add()* *E969* *E970*
@@ -436,6 +448,9 @@ prop_type_add({name}, {props})		*prop_type_add()* *E969* *E970*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_add(props)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 prop_type_change({name}, {props})			*prop_type_change()*
 		Change properties of an existing text property type.  If a
@@ -444,6 +459,9 @@ prop_type_change({name}, {props})			*prop_type_change()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_change(props)
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
 		Remove the text property type {name}.  When text properties
@@ -458,6 +476,9 @@ prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_delete()
+<
+		Return type: |Number|
+
 
 prop_type_get({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
 		Returns the properties of property type {name}.  This is a
@@ -471,6 +492,9 @@ prop_type_get({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_get()
+<
+		Return type: dict<any>
+
 
 prop_type_list([{props}])				*prop_type_list()*
 		Returns a list with all property type names.
@@ -478,6 +502,8 @@ prop_type_list([{props}])				*prop_type_list()*
 		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, use
 		this buffer instead of the global property types.
 
+		Return type: list<string> or list<any>
+
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. When text changes				*text-prop-changes*
@@ -504,7 +530,7 @@ callback update spelling mistakes in the changed text.  Vim will move the
 properties below the changed text, so that they still highlight the same text,
 thus you don't need to update these.
 
-
+							*text-prop-cleared*
 Text property columns are not updated or copied: ~
 
 - When setting the line with |setline()| or through an interface, such as Lua,

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Mar 28
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -82,8 +82,6 @@ With 'smoothscroll' set and "lastline" in 'display', moving the cursor to a
 wrapping line that makes the display scroll up may scroll much more than
 needed, thus jump-scrolling. (part of issue 12411)
 
-Add filecopy() ?  #12346
-
 Implement foreach()  PR  #12166
 
 Errors when running tests with valgrind:
@@ -1710,7 +1708,8 @@ Also Vundle: https://github.com/gmarik/vundle
 Or minpac: https://github.com/k-takata/minpac, since it leverages the builtin
 package feature.
 Long message about this from ZyX, 2014 Mar 23.  And following replies.
-Also see http://vim-wiki.mawercer.de/wiki/topic/vim%20plugin%20managment.html
+Also see (link seems dead):
+http://vim-wiki.mawercer.de/wiki/topic/vim%20plugin%20managment.html
 User view:
 - Support multiple sources, basically any http:// URL. Or a central place that
   will work for everybody (github?  redirects from vim.org?).
@@ -2441,7 +2440,7 @@ Problem with 'ts' set to 9 and 'showbreak' to ">>>". (Matthew Winn, 2007 Oct
 Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck)
 
 Using Aap to build Vim: add remarks about how to set personal preferences.
-Example on http://www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html
+Example on http://www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html (link seems dead)
 
 When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge
 and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31)
@@ -2472,7 +2471,7 @@ Asked about latest version: 0.77.1 is on www.vim.org.
 More AmigaOS4 patches. (Peter Bengtsson, Nov 9)
 
 Amiga patches with vbcc. (Adrien Destugues, 2010 Aug 30)
-http://pulkomandy.ath.cx/drop/vim73_vbcc_amiga.diff
+(link seems dead): http://pulkomandy.ath.cx/drop/vim73_vbcc_amiga.diff
 
 Problem with compound words?  (Bert, 2008 May 6)
 No warning for when flags are defined after they are used in an affix.
@@ -2542,8 +2541,9 @@ Win32: Patch for cscope external command. (Mike Williams, 2007 Aug 7)
 
 Win32: XPM support only works with path without spaces.  Patch by Mathias
 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 9.  Another patch for more path names, 2006 May 31.
-New version: http://members.tcnet.ch/michaelis/vim/patches.zip (also for other
-patches by Mathias, see mail Feb 22)
+New version (link seems dead):
+http://members.tcnet.ch/michaelis/vim/patches.zip
+(also for other patches by Mathias, see mail Feb 22)
 
 Win32: compiling with normal features and OLE fails.  Patch by Mathias
 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 4.
@@ -3068,7 +3068,7 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
     the screen.
 8   The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications.
     The last argument of CreateWindowEx() should be used, see MSDN docs.
-    Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html
+    Tutorial (link seems dead): http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html
 6   Win32 GUI: With "-u NONE -U NONE" and doing "CTRL-W v" "CTRL-W o", the ":"
     of ":only" is highlighted like the cursor.  (Lipelis)
 8   When 'encoding' is "utf-8", should use 'guifont' for both normal and wide
@@ -3470,7 +3470,7 @@ Macintosh:
     way to avoid using the builtin termcap.
 8   Xterm sends ^[[H for <Home> and ^[[F for <End> in some mode.  Also
     recognize these keys?  Mostly useful for xterm simulators, like gnometerm.
-    See http://dickey.his.com/xterm/xterm.faq.html#xterm_pc_style.
+    See https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.faq.html#xterm_pc_style
 8   '[ and '] should be set to start/end of line when using a linewise operator
     (e.g., ":w").
 8   CTRL-A can't handle big "long" numbers, they become negative.  Check for
@@ -3759,8 +3759,8 @@ Spell checking:
     What does MAXNGRAMSUGS do?
     Is COMPLEXPREFIXES necessary when we have flags for affixes?
 -   There is no Finnish spell checking file.  For openoffice Voikko is now
-    used, which is based on Malaga: http://home.arcor.de/bjoern-beutel/malaga/
-    (Teemu Likonen)
+    used, which is based on Malaga (link seems dead):
+    http://home.arcor.de/bjoern-beutel/malaga/ (Teemu Likonen)
 8   ":mkspell" still takes much too long in Hungarian dictionary from
     hunspell.  Only solution appears to be to postpone secondary suffixes.
 8   Handle postponed prefix with COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG or COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG.
@@ -3816,7 +3816,7 @@ Spell checking:
     syntax items (to add @Spell).
     Add ":syntax contains {pattern} add=@Spell" command?  A bit like ":syn
     cluster" but change the contains list directly for matching syntax items.
--   References: MySpell library (in OpenOffice.org).
+-   References: MySpell library (in OpenOffice.org), (links seem dead):
 	http://spellchecker.mozdev.org/source.html
 	http://whiteboard.openoffice.org/source/browse/whiteboard/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/myspell/
       author: Kevin Hendricks <kevin.hendricks@sympatico.ca>
@@ -3974,8 +3974,9 @@ Multi-byte characters:
     could be entered.  E.g., for "f" command.  But not in Normal mode.  Sort
     of opposite of 'langmap'.  Use ":amap" command?
 -   When breaking a line, take properties of multibyte characters into
-    account.  The "linebreak" program from Bruno Haible can do it:
-    ftp://ftp.ilog.fr/pub/Users/haible/gnu/linebreak-0.1.tar.gz
+    account.  The "linebreak" program from Bruno Haible can do it, this
+    is now part of gnulib module unilbrk:
+    https://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/MODULES.html
     But it's very complicated...
 -   Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai
     Weibull, 2008 May 14).
@@ -4239,7 +4240,6 @@ Vim script language:
 	base64enc()		base 64 encoding
 	base64dec()		base 64 decoding
 	attributes()		return file protection flags "drwxrwxrwx"
-	filecopy(from, to)	Copy a file
 	shorten(fname)		shorten a file name, like home_replace()
 	perl(cmd)		call Perl and return string
 	inputrl()		like input() but right-to-left
@@ -4399,7 +4399,6 @@ Code size:
     left out.
 8   When compiled with a GUI-only version, the termcap entries for terminals
     can be removed.
-8   Can the check for libelf in configure.ac be removed?
 
 
 Messages:
@@ -4773,10 +4772,10 @@ Omni completion:
 		ctags -f $allTagsFile --fields=+aiKmnsSz --language-force=C++ --C++-kinds=+cefgmnpsut-dlux -u $files
 	www.vim.org script 1213 (Java Development Environment) (Fuchuan Wang)
 	IComplete: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1265
-	    and http://stud4.tuwien.ac.at/~e0125672/icomplete/
 	http://cedet.sourceforge.net/intellisense.shtml (for Emacs)
 	Ivan Villanueva has something for Java.
-	Emacs: http://www.xref-tech.com/xrefactory/more_c_completion.html
+	Emacs (link seems dead):
+	http://www.xref-tech.com/xrefactory/more_c_completion.html
 	Completion in .NET framework SharpDevelop: http://www.icsharpcode.net
 -   Pre-expand abbreviations, show which abbrevs would match?
 

runtime/doc/usr_01.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 May 12
+*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ The Vim user manual and reference manual are Copyright (c) 1988 by Bram
 Moolenaar.  This material may be distributed only subject to the terms and
 conditions set forth in the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later.  The
 latest version is presently available at:
-	     http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/
+	     https://opencontent.org/openpub/
 
 People who contribute to the manuals must agree with the above copyright
 notice.

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Sep 12
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 19
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -436,6 +436,34 @@ when Vim starts, add the following line to your vimrc file: >
 After restarting your Vim, the plugin is active and you can read about it at: >
 	:h editorconfig.txt
 
+
+Adding comment package					*comment-install*
+
+Load the plugin with this command: >
+	packadd comment
+<
+This way you can use the plugin with the default key bindings `gc` and similar
+for commenting (which is a well-established mapping in the Vim community).
+
+If you add this line to your vimrc file, then you need to restart Vim to have
+the package loaded. Once the package is loaded, read about it at: >
+	:h comment.txt
+
+
+Adding nohlsearch package				*nohlsearch-install*
+
+Load the plugin with this command: >
+	packadd nohlsearch
+<
+Automatically execute |:nohlsearch| after 'updatetime' or getting into |Insert| mode.
+Thus assuming default updatetime, hlsearch would be suspended/turned off after
+4 seconds of idle time.
+
+To disable the effect of the plugin after it has been loaded: >
+	au! nohlsearch
+<
+
+
 More information about packages can be found here: |packages|.
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/usr_21.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_21.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2019 Apr 25
+*usr_21.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 17
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -207,6 +207,23 @@ You get the same list of files as with |:oldfiles|.  If you want to edit
 
 Type "2" and press <Enter> to edit the second file.
 
+If you know that the filename contains a pattern, you can also |:filter| the
+list of files: >
+
+	:filter /resume/ :browse oldfiles
+<
+Since there is only one single matching filename, Vim will directly edit that
+file without prompting.  If the filter matches several files, you'll get
+prompted for the list of matching files instead: >
+
+	:filter! /resume/ browse oldfiles
+<	1: ~/.viminfo ~
+	3: /tmp/draft ~
+	Type number and <Enter> (q or empty cancels): ~
+
+Note: this time we filtered out all files NOT matching resume.
+
+
 More info at |:oldfiles|, |v:oldfiles| and |c_#<|.
 
 

runtime/doc/usr_30.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_30.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2007 Nov 10
+*usr_30.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 29
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ code block the cursor is in: >
 
 	=a{
 
-I you have really badly indented code, you can re-indent the whole file with:
+If you have really badly indented code, you can re-indent the whole file with:
 >
 	gg=G
 

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Feb 25
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 09
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -29,6 +29,22 @@ Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt|
 ==============================================================================
 *41.1*	Introduction				*vim-script-intro* *script*
 
+Let's start with some nomenclature. A Vim script is any file that Vim can
+interpret and execute. This includes files written in Vim's scripting language
+like for example .vim files or configuration files like .vimrc and .gvimrc.
+These scripts may define functions, commands and settings that Vim uses to
+customize and extend its behavior.
+
+With a slight abuse of nomenclature, we will use "Vim script" to refer to the
+Vim scripting language throughout this documentation. This shorthand helps to
+streamline explanations and discussions about scripting with Vim.
+
+A Vim plugin is a collection of one or more Vim scripts, along with additional
+files like help documentation, configuration files, and other resources,
+designed to add specific features or functionalities to Vim. A plugin can
+provide new commands, enhance existing capabilities, and integrate external
+tools or services into the Vim environment.
+
 Your first experience with Vim scripts is the vimrc file.  Vim reads it when
 it starts up and executes the commands.  You can set options to the values you
 prefer, define mappings, select plugins and much more.   You can use any colon
@@ -930,6 +946,7 @@ Cursor and mark position:		*cursor-functions* *mark-functions*
 Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 	getline()		get a line or list of lines from the buffer
 	getregion()		get a region of text from the buffer
+	getregionpos()		get a list of positions for a region
 	setline()		replace a line in the buffer
 	append()		append line or list of lines in the buffer
 	indent()		indent of a specific line
@@ -992,6 +1009,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	readdir()		get a List of file names in a directory
 	readdirex()		get a List of file information in a directory
 	writefile()		write a List of lines or Blob into a file
+	filecopy()		copy a file {from} to {to}
 
 Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 	getftime()		get last modification time of a file
@@ -1096,7 +1114,7 @@ Syntax and highlighting:	  *syntax-functions* *highlighting-functions*
 	synIDattr()		get a specific attribute of a syntax ID
 	synIDtrans()		get translated syntax ID
 	synstack()		get list of syntax IDs at a specific position
-	synconcealed()		get info about concealing
+	synconcealed()		get info about (syntax) concealing
 	diff_hlID()		get highlight ID for diff mode at a position
 	matchadd()		define a pattern to highlight (a "match")
 	matchaddpos()		define a list of positions to highlight
@@ -1301,6 +1319,7 @@ Popup window:					*popup-window-functions*
 	popup_move()		change the position and size of a popup
 	popup_setoptions()	override options of a popup
 	popup_settext()		replace the popup buffer contents
+	popup_setbuf()		set the popup buffer
 	popup_close()		close one popup
 	popup_clear()		close all popups
 	popup_filter_menu()	select from a list of items

runtime/doc/usr_52.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_52.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2022 Jun 04
+*usr_52.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 09
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ smaller parts.
 |52.3|	Autoloading without import/export
 |52.4|	Other mechanisms to use
 |52.5|	Using a Vim9 script from legacy script
+|52.6|	Vim9 script examples: comment package, highlight-yank plugin
 
      Next chapter: |usr_90.txt|  Installing Vim
  Previous chapter: |usr_51.txt|  Create a plugin
@@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ private function: >
 	def GetReply(nr: number): string
 	  if nr == 42
 	     return 'yes'
-	  elseif nr = 22
+	  elseif nr == 22
 	     return 'maybe'
 	  else
 	     return 'no'
@@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ AUTOLOAD DIRECTORY
 
 Another form is to use autoload with a script name that is not an absolute or
 relative path: >
-	import autload "monthlib.vim"
+	import autoload "monthlib.vim"
 
 This will search for the script "monthlib.vim" in the autoload directories of
 'runtimepath'.  With Unix one of the directories often is "~/.vim/autoload".
@@ -336,6 +337,46 @@ will have to make sure to use a unique name for these global items. Example: >
 	call g:NicePluginTest()
 
 ==============================================================================
+*52.6*	Vim9 script examples: comment package, highlight-yank plugin
+
+COMMENT PACKAGE
+
+Vim comes with a comment plugin, written in Vim9 script.  |comment-install|
+Have a look at the package located at $VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/comment/
+
+HIGHLIGHT YANK PLUGIN
+
+Here is an example for highlighting the yanked region. It makes use of the
+|getregionpos()| function, available since Vim 9.1.0446.
+
+Copy the following example into a new file and place it into your plugin directory
+and it will be active next time you start Vim.  |add-plugin|: >
+
+	vim9script
+
+	def HighlightedYank(hlgroup = 'IncSearch', duration = 300, in_visual = true)
+	  if v:event.operator ==? 'y'
+	    if !in_visual && visualmode() != null_string
+	      visualmode(1)
+	      return
+	    endif
+	    var [beg, end] = [getpos("'["), getpos("']")]
+	    var type = v:event.regtype ?? 'v'
+	    var pos = getregionpos(beg, end, {type: type})
+	    var end_offset = (type == 'V' || v:event.inclusive) ? 1 : 0
+	    var m = matchaddpos(hlgroup, pos->mapnew((_, v) => {
+	      var col_beg = v[0][2] + v[0][3]
+	      var col_end = v[1][2] + v[1][3] + end_offset
+	      return [v[0][1], col_beg, col_end - col_beg]
+	    }))
+	    var winid = win_getid()
+	    timer_start(duration, (_) => m->matchdelete(winid))
+	  endif
+	enddef
+
+	autocmd TextYankPost * HighlightedYank()
+<
+==============================================================================
 
 Next chapter: |usr_90.txt|  Installing Vim
 

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2023 Sep 27
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -138,12 +138,18 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 :[range]# [count] [flags]
 			synonym for :number.
 
-							*:#!*
+							*:#!* *vim-shebang*
 :#!{anything}		Ignored, so that you can start a Vim script with: >
 				#!vim -S
-				echo "this is a Vim script"
-				quit
+				let mylogbook='$HOME/logbook.md'
+				exe $':e {mylogbook}'
+				$
+				put ='## ' .. strftime('%d. %b %Y')
+				norm! o
 <
+			Make that script executable and run it to create a
+			new diary entry.
+
 							*:z* *E144*
 :[range]z[+-^.=][count]	Display several lines of text surrounding the line
 			specified with [range], or around the current line
@@ -608,6 +614,7 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			   |:command|    - filter by command name
 			   |:files|      - filter by file name
 			   |:highlight|  - filter by highlight group
+			   |:history|    - filter by history commands
 			   |:jumps|      - filter by file name
 			   |:let|        - filter by variable name
 			   |:list|       - filter whole line

runtime/doc/version9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version9.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 14
+*version9.txt*  For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Jun 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -31694,7 +31694,7 @@ The release 9.1 is dedicated to Vim's Benevolent dictator for life
 This release has hundreds of bug fixes, there are a few new features and there
 are many minor improvements.
 
-Vim9 classes
+Vim9 classes ~
 ------------
 Support for classes and objects in a Vim9 script are added.  This is described
 in |vim9-class|.  The following features are supported:
@@ -31711,12 +31711,12 @@ in |vim9-class|.  The following features are supported:
 
 Support for creating a type alias for an existing type is added.
 
-Virtual text
+Virtual text ~
 ------------
 Support for adding |virtual-text| to a buffer is added.  This is useful for
 language server features (e.g. inlay hints)
 
-Smooth Scroll
+Smooth Scroll ~
 -------------
 Support for scrolling text using screen lines instead of file lines is added.
 Refer to the 'smoothscroll' option.
@@ -31726,7 +31726,8 @@ The EditorConfig (|editorconfig-install|) and the JSON formatting
 
 OpenVMS x86_64 platform port: http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 
-Other improvements				*new-other-9.1*
+						*new-other-9.1*
+Other improvements ~
 ------------------
 - Support for undercurl (|t_Ce|), double underline (|t_Us|), dotted underline
   (|t_ds|) and dashed underline (|t_Ds|) termcap entries and
@@ -31783,7 +31784,8 @@ Other improvements				*new-other-9.1*
 - xxd: reversing a bit dump (xxd -r).
 - xxd: customize the variable name used in the C include output (xxd -n).
 
-Changed						*changed-9.1*
+							*changed-9.1*
+Changed ~
 -------
 - The features |++builtin_terms|, |+cmdline_info|, |+cmdwin|, |+file_in_path|,
   |+float|, |+path_extra|, |+textobjects|, |+wildignore| and |+wildmenu| are
@@ -31815,7 +31817,8 @@ Changed						*changed-9.1*
 - Migrate to autoconf 2.71.
 - Start using C99 feature (declare variable in for loops).
 
-Added						*added-9.1*
+						*added-9.1*
+Added ~
 -----
 
 Various syntax, indent and other plugins were added.
@@ -32090,7 +32093,7 @@ Solution:   Store the text column when drawing text.
 
 Patch 9.0.0049
 Problem:    Csv and tsv files are not recognized.
-Solution:   Add patterns fo csv and tsv files. (Leandro Lourenci,
+Solution:   Add patterns for csv and tsv files. (Leandro Lourenci,
             closes #10680)
 
 Patch 9.0.0050
@@ -40641,7 +40644,7 @@ Solution:   Use the class-related grow array for storing the
 
 Patch 9.0.1989
 Problem:    Vim9: double error message given
-Solution:   Only give second error message, if ther
+Solution:   Only give second error message, if there
              wasn't one given before
 
 Patch 9.0.1990
@@ -40687,7 +40690,7 @@ Solution:   Mention the defining class for variable access error message
 
 Patch 9.0.2000
 Problem:    Vim9: use-after-free in deep call stack
-Solution:   Get the objct pointer from execution stack
+Solution:   Get the object pointer from execution stack
 
 Patch 9.0.2001
 Problem:    Vim9: segfault with islocked()
@@ -41541,38 +41544,49 @@ VERSION 9.2				*version-9.2* *version9.2* *vim-9.2*
 This section is about improvements made between version 9.1 and 9.2
 and is a work in progress.
 
-Support for Wayland UI.
-
-Support for the XDG Desktop Specification |xdg-base-dir|
-
-Vim9 script
+Vim9 script ~
 -----------
 Add support for internal builtin functions with vim9 objects, see
 |builtin-object-methods|
 
 Enum support for Vim9 script |:enum|
 
-Other improvements				*new-other-9.2*
+							*new-other-9.2*
+Other new features ~
 ------------------
+The new plugins |comment-install| and |nohlsearch-install| are included.
 
-Changed						*changed-9.2*
+Support for Wayland UI.
+
+Support for the XDG Desktop Specification |xdg-base-dir|
+
+Support highlighting the matched text for insert-mode completion and
+command-line completion in |ins-completion-menu|.
+
+							*changed-9.2*
+Changed~
 -------
-
 - use 'smoothscroll' logic for CTRL-F and CTRL-B for pagewise scrolling
 - use 'smoothscroll' logic for CTRL-D and CTRL-U for half-pagewise scrolling
+- the default for 'commentstring' contains whitespace padding to have
+  automatic comments look nicer |comment-install|
+- 'completeopt' is now a |global-local| option.
 
-Added						*added-9.2*
+							*added-9.2*
+Added ~
 -----
-
 Various syntax, indent and other plugins were added.
 
 Functions: ~
 
 |diff()|		diff two Lists of strings
+|filecopy()|		copy a file {from} to {to}
 |foreach()|		apply function to List items
+|getregion()|		get a region of text from a buffer
+|getregionpos()|	get a list of positions for a region
 |matchbufline()|	all the matches of a pattern in a buffer
 |matchstrlist()|	all the matches of a pattern in a List of strings
-|getregion()|		get a region of text from a buffer
+|popup_setbuf()|	switch to a different buffer in a popup
 
 
 Autocommands: ~
@@ -41585,44 +41599,53 @@ Autocommands: ~
 
 Highlighting: ~
 
-|hl-MsgArea|		highlighting of the Command-line and messages area.
+|hl-MsgArea|		highlighting of the Command-line and messages area
+|hl-PmenuMatch|		Popup menu: highlighting of matched text
+|hl-PmenuMatchSel|	Popup menu: highlighting of matched text in selected
+			line
 
 Commands: ~
 
+|[r| and |]r|		to move the cursor to previous/next rare word
+
 
 Options: ~
 
 'winfixbuf'		Keep buffer focused in a window
-'t_xo'			Terminal uses XON/XOFF handshaking (e.g. vt420).
+'t_xo'			Terminal uses XON/XOFF handshaking (e.g. vt420)
+'t_CF'			Support for alternate font highlighting terminal code
 
 ==============================================================================
-INCOMPATIBLE CHANGES				*incompatible-9.2*
+INCOMPATIBLE CHANGES					*incompatible-9.2*
 
 Improved/Different MS-Windows mapping support
 |w32-experimental-keycode-trans-strategy|
 
 ==============================================================================
-IMPROVEMENTS					*improvements-9.2*
+IMPROVEMENTS						*improvements-9.2*
 
 Support for command-line completion of 'keymap' option values.
 
 Support for compiling all the methods in a Vim9 class using |:defcompile|.
 
-Support for alternate font highlighting using |t_CF| terminal code.
-
 Support for Super key mappings in GTK using <D-Key>.
 
 Improved visual highlighting.
 
 Python3 support in OpenVMS.
 
+Support for |fuzzy-matching| during |ins-completion| with the "fuzzy" and
+"fuzzycollect" values of the 'completeopt' setting
+
 ==============================================================================
-COMPILE TIME CHANGES				*compile-changes-9.2*
+COMPILE TIME CHANGES					*compile-changes-9.2*
 
 Support for building with Ruby 3.3.
 
 Support for building Vim 9 in z/OS (MVS).
 
+Clean-up old MS-Windows code.
+
 ==============================================================================
 PATCHES						*patches-9.2* *bug-fixes-9.2*
 						*patches-after-9.1*

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ printed.
 
 autoprint (ap)		boolean	(default on)		*'autoprint'* *'ap'*
 beautify (bf)		boolean	(default off)		*'beautify'* *'bf'*
-flash (fl)		boolean	(default ??)		*'flash'* *'fl'*
+flash (fl)		boolean	(default on)		*'flash'* *'fl'*
 graphic (gr)		boolean	(default off)		*'graphic'* *'gr'*
 hardtabs (ht)		number	(default 8)		*'hardtabs'* *'ht'*
 	number of spaces that a <Tab> moves on the display

runtime/doc/vim-it.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH VIM 1 "13 giugno 2022"
+.TH VIM 1 "4 giugno 2024"
 .SH NOME
 vim \- VI Migliorato, un editor di testi per programmatori
 .SH SINTASSI
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ Vedere ":help vi_diff.txt" per un sommario delle differenze fra
 .B Vim
 e Vi.
 .PP
-Mentre usate
+Mentre si usa
 .B Vim
-potete ricevere molto aiuto dal sistema di help online, col comando
+si può ricevere molto aiuto dal sistema di help online, col comando
 ":help".
 Vedere qui sotto la sezione AIUTO ONLINE.
 .PP
@@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ nome_file ..
 Una lista di nomi di file.
 Il primo di questi sarà il file corrente, e verrà letto nel buffer.
 Il cursore sarà posizionato sulla prima linea del buffer.
-Potete arrivare agli altri file col comando ":next".
+Si può arrivare agli altri file col comando ":next".
 Per editare un file il cui nome inizia per "\-" premettete "\-\-" alla lista_file.
 .TP
 \-
-Il file da editare è letto dallo "stdin"-
-I comandi sono letti da "stderr", che dovrebbe essere un terminale [tty].
+Il file da editare è letto dallo stdin.
+I comandi sono letti da stderr, che dovrebbe essere un terminale [tty].
 .TP
 \-t {tag}
 Il file da editare e la posizione iniziale del cursore dipendono da "tag",
 una specie di "etichetta" a cui saltare.
 {tag} viene cercata nel file "tags", e il file a essa associato diventa
-quello corrente, ed il comando ad essa associato viene eseguito.
+quello corrente, e il comando a essa associato viene eseguito.
 Di solito si usa per programmi C, nel qual caso {tag} potrebbe essere un
 nome di funzione.
 L'effetto è che il file contenente quella funzione diventa il file corrente
@@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ Vedere ":help quickfix".
 .PP
 .B Vim
 si comporta in modo diverso se invocato con nomi differenti (il programma
-eseguibile "sottostante" può essere sempre lo stesso).
+eseguibile "soggiacente" può essere sempre lo stesso).
 .TP 10
 vim
-Modo Normal, comportamento normale.
+Modo Normal, comportamento predefinito.
 .TP
 ex
 Inizia in Modo "Ex".
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Si pu
 Si può invocare il Modo "Ex" anche con l'argomento "\-e".
 .TP
 view
-Inizia in Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).  Non potete modificare i file.
+Inizia in Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).  Non si possono modificare i file.
 Si può invocare il Modo Read-only anche con l'argomento "\-R".
 .TP
 gvim gview
@@ -131,11 +131,11 @@ Le opzioni possono essere in un ordine qualsiasi, prima o dopo i nomi di file.
 Opzioni che non hanno un argomento si possono specificare dietro a un solo "\-".
 .TP 12
 +[numero]
-Per il primo file il cursore sarà posizionato sulla linea "numero".
+Nel primo file il cursore sarà posizionato sulla linea "numero".
 Se "numero" manca, il cursore sarà posizionato sull'ultima linea del file.
 .TP
 +/{espressione}
-Per il primo file il cursore sarà posizionato alla
+Nel primo file il cursore sarà posizionato alla
 prima occorrenza di {espressione}.
 Vedere ":help search\-pattern" per come specificare l'espressione.
 .TP
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Si possono usare fino a 10 di questi comandi, indipendentemente dai comandi "\-c
 Se
 .B Vim
 è stato compilato con supporto ARABIC per editare file con orientamento
-destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura araba, questa opzione inizia
+destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura araba, quest'opzione inizia
 .B Vim
 in Modo Arabic, cioè impostando 'arabic'.
 Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ termina in modo anormale.
 \-b
 Modo Binary (binario).
 Vengono impostate alcune opzioni che permettono di modificare un file
-binario o un programma eseguibile.
+binario o un file che contiene un programma eseguibile.
 .TP
 \-C
 Compatibile.  Imposta l'opzione 'compatible'.
@@ -186,12 +186,12 @@ ha quasi lo stesso comportamento di Vi, anche in presenza di un file .vimrc.
 .TP
 \-d
 Inizia in Modo Diff [differenze].
-Dovrebbero esserci come argomenti due o tre o quattro nomi di file.
+Dovrebbero esserci come argomenti da due o otto nomi di file.
 .B Vim
 aprirà tutti i file evidenziando le differenze fra gli stessi.
 Funziona come vimdiff(1).
 .TP
-\-d {dispositivo}
+\-d {dispositivo}, \-dev {dispositivo}
 Apre {dispositivo} per usarlo come terminale.
 Solo per l'Amiga.
 Esempio:
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ non
 Opzione da usare quando
 .B Vim
 è eseguito da un programma che attende la fine della
-sessione di edit (ad es. mail).
+sessione di edit (p.es., mail).
 Sull'Amiga i comandi ":sh" e ":!" non sono disponibili.
 .TP
 \-\-nofork
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ non crea [fork] una nuova finestra, indipendente dalla shell di invocazione.
 Se
 .B Vim
 è stato compilato con supporto FKMAP per editare file con orientamento
-destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura Farsi, questa opzione inizia
+destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura Farsi, quest'opzione inizia
 .B Vim
 in Modo Farsi, cioè impostando 'fkmap' e 'rightleft'.
 Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
@@ -243,12 +243,19 @@ termina in modo anormale.
 \-g
 Se
 .B Vim
-è stato compilato con supporto GUI, questa opzione chiede di usarla.
+è stato compilato con supporto GUI, quest'opzione chiede di usarla.
 Se Vim è stato compilato senza supporto GUI viene dato un messaggio di errore e
 .B Vim
 termina in modo anormale.
 .TP
-\-h
+\-\-gui-dialog-file {nome}
+Quando si usa la GUI, invece di visualizzare un dialogo, il titolo e il
+messaggio del dialogo sono scritti sul file {nome}.  Il file viene creato o,
+se già esistente, viene esteso.  Quest'opzione serve solo in fase di test,
+per evitare di restare bloccati da un dialogo che non si riesce a visualizzare.
+Se si sta lavorando senza la GUI l'argomento viene ignorato.
+.TP
+\-\-help, \-h, \-?
 Un po' di aiuto su opzioni e argomenti che si possono dare invocando Vim.
 Subito dopo
 .B Vim
@@ -258,7 +265,7 @@ esce.
 Se
 .B Vim
 è stato compilato col supporto RIGHTLEFT per editare file con orientamento
-destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura Ebraica, questa opzione inizia
+destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura Ebraica, quest'opzione inizia
 .B Vim
 in Modo Ebraico, cioè impostando 'hkmap' e 'rightleft'.
 Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
@@ -266,7 +273,7 @@ Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
 termina in modo anormale.
 .TP
 \-i {viminfo}
-Se è abilitato l'uso di un file viminfo, questa opzione indica il nome
+Se è abilitato l'uso di un file viminfo, quest'opzione indica il nome
 del file da usare invece di quello predefinito "~/.viminfo".
 Si può anche evitare l'uso di un file .viminfo, dando come nome
 "NONE".
@@ -292,13 +299,13 @@ opzioni possono essere abilitate in seguito, permettendo cos
 Modo "Non-compatibile".  Annulla l'opzione 'compatible'.
 Così
 .B Vim
-va un po' meglio, ma è meno compatibile con Vi, anche in assenza di un
+si comporta un po' meglio, ma è meno compatibile con Vi, anche in assenza di un
 file .vimrc.
 .TP
 \-n
 Inibisce l'uso di un file di swap.
 Il recupero dopo una caduta di macchina diventa impossibile.
-Utile per editare un file su un supporto molto lento (ad es. floppy).
+Utile per editare un file su un supporto molto lento (p.es., floppy).
 Il comando ":set uc=0" ha lo stesso effetto.
 Per abilitare il recupero usare ":set uc=200".
 .TP
@@ -306,16 +313,23 @@ Per abilitare il recupero usare ":set uc=200".
 Diviene un Editor server per NetBeans.  Vedere la documentazione per dettagli.
 .TP
 \-o[N]
-Apri N finestre in orizzontale.
-Se N manca, apri una finestra per ciascun file.
+Apre N finestre in orizzontale.
+Se N manca, apre una finestra per ciascun file.
 .TP
 \-O[N]
-Apri N finestre, in verticale.
-Se N manca, apri una finestra per ciascun file.
+Apre N finestre, in verticale.
+Se N manca, apre una finestra per ciascun file.
 .TP
 \-p[N]
-Apri N pagine di linguette.
-Quando N è omesso, apri una pagine di linguette per ciascun file.
+Apre N pagine di linguette.
+Quando N è omesso, apre una pagine di linguette per ciascun file.
+.TP
+\-P {titolo-padre}
+Solo per GUI Win32: Specifica il titolo dell'applicazione-padre.  Se possibile,
+Vim viene eseguito in una finestra MDI (Multiple-Document Interface).
+{titolo-padre} deve apparire nel titolo della applicazione-padre.  Accertatevi
+che sia sufficientemente esplicativo.  Notare che l'implementazione è ancora
+rudimentale.  Non funziona per tutte le applicazioni, e il menù non funziona.
 .TP
 \-R
 Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).
@@ -324,7 +338,7 @@ Si pu
 involontaria.
 Se si vuole davvero riscrivere il file, occorre aggiungere un punto esclamativo
 al comando Ex, come in ":w!".
-L'opzione \-R implica anche l'opzione \-n (vedere sotto).
+L'opzione \-R implica anche l'opzione \-n (vedere sopra).
 L'opzione 'readonly' può essere annullata con ":set noro".
 Vedere ":help 'readonly'".
 .TP
@@ -342,10 +356,10 @@ Vedere ":help recovery".
 Modo silenzioso.  Solo quando invocato come "Ex" o quando l'opzione
 "\-e" è stata data prima dell'opzione "\-s".
 .TP
-\-s {scriptin}
-Lo script file {scriptin} è letto.
+\-s {script_in_input}
+Lo script file {script_in_input} è letto.
 I caratteri nel file sono interpretati come se immessi da terminale.
-Lo stesso risultato si può ottenere col comando ":source! {scriptin}".
+Lo stesso risultato si può ottenere col comando ":source! {script_in_input}".
 Se la fine del file di input viene raggiunta prima che Vim termini,
 l'ulteriore input verrà preso dalla tastiera.
 .TP
@@ -356,12 +370,22 @@ quale tipo di terminale state usando.
 Utile solo se il terminale non viene riconosciuto correttamente da Vim.
 Dovrebbe essere un terminale noto a
 .B Vim
-(internamente) o definito nei file termcap o terminfo.
+(predefinito) o definito nei file termcap o terminfo.
+.TP
+\-\-not-a-term
+Da usare per specifica a
+.B Vim
+che l'utente è consapevole che l'input e l'output non avvengono con un terminale
+vero e proprio.  Ciò serve per evitare il messaggio di avvertimento e il ritardo
+di due secondi che avverrebbero in assenza di questo argomento.
+.TP
+\-\-ttyfail
+Quando stdin o stdout non sono un terminale (tty) esci subito da Vim.
 .TP
 \-u {vimrc}
 Usa i comandi nel file {vimrc} per inizializzazioni.
 Tutte le altre inizializzazioni non sono eseguite.
-Usate questa opzione per editare qualche file di tipo speciale.
+Usare quest'opzione per editare qualche file di tipo speciale.
 Si possono anche omettere tutte le inizializzazioni dando come nome "NONE".
 Vedere ":help initialization" da vim per ulteriori dettagli.
 .TP
@@ -376,21 +400,37 @@ Verboso.  Vim manda messaggi relativi ai file di script che esegue
 e quando legge o scrive un file viminfo.  Il numero opzionale N è il valore
 dell'opzione 'verbose'.  Il valore predefinito è 10.
 .TP
+\-V[N]{nome_file}
+Comw \-V  imposta 'verbosefile' a {nome_file}.  Il risultato è che i messaggi
+non sono visualizzati, ma scritti sul file {nome_file}.  Il {nome_file} non
+deve iniziare con un numero.
+.TP
+\-\-log {nome_file}
+Se
+.B Vim
+è stato compilato con le funzionalità eval e channel, inizia a registrare
+e scrive le registrazioni a {nome_file}.  Ciò equivale a chiamare
+.I ch_logfile({nome_file}, 'ao')
+in una fase molto iniziale dell'avvio del programma.
+.TP
 \-v
 Inizia
 .B Vim
 in Modo Vi, come se il programma eseguibile fosse "vi".  Questo ha
 effetto solo quando Vim viene invocato con il nome "ex".
 .TP
-\-w {scriptout}
-Ogni carattere immesso viene registrato nel file {scriptout},
+\-w{numero}
+Imposta l'opzione 'window' a {numero}.
+.TP
+\-w {script_file}
+Ogni carattere immesso viene registrato nel file {script_file},
 finché non si esce da
 .B Vim.
 Utile se si vuole creare uno script file da usare con "vim \-s" o
 ":source!".
-Se il file {scriptout} esiste, quel che immettete viene aggiunto in fondo.
+Se il file {script_file} esiste, il testo immesso viene aggiunto in fondo.
 .TP
-\-W {scriptout}
+\-W {script_file}
 Come \-w, ma uno script file esistente viene sovrascritto.
 .TP
 \-x
@@ -421,10 +461,7 @@ Richiede di non usare alcun file di personalizzazione (vimrc, plugin, etc.).
 Utile per verificare se un problema persiste invocando Vim "originale".
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
-Solo per GUI GTK: Visualizza Window ID su "stdout".
-.TP
-\-\-help
-Vim dà un messaggio ed esce, come con l'argomento "\-h".
+Solo per GUI GTK: Visualizza ID di Window su stdout.
 .TP
 \-\-literal
 Considera i nomi passati come argomenti letterali, senza espandere metacaratteri.
@@ -439,7 +476,7 @@ argomenti.  Se non si trova un server viene dato un messaggio e i file sono
 editati nel Vim corrente.
 .TP
 \-\-remote\-expr {expr}
-Connettersi a un server Vim, valutare {expr} e stampare il risultato su "stdout".
+Connettersi a un server Vim, valutare {expr} e stampare il risultato su stdout.
 .TP
 \-\-remote\-send {chiavi}
 Connettersi a un server Vim e spedirgli {chiavi}.
@@ -467,7 +504,11 @@ Solo per GUI GTK: Usa meccanismo GtkPlug per eseguire gvim in un'altra finestra.
 Durante la fase iniziale, scrive messaggi di log al file {nome_file}.
 .TP
 \-\-version
-Stampa la versione di Vim ed esci.
+Stampa la versione di Vim ed esce.
+.TP
+\-\-windowid {id}
+Solo per GUI Win32: Chiede a gvim di provare a user l'ID di window {id}
+come padre, in modo da venir eseguito all'interno della finestra specificata.
 .SH AIUTO ONLINE
 Battere ":help" in
 .B Vim
@@ -481,53 +522,57 @@ Tutti i file di documentazione possono essere navigati cos
 ":help syntax.txt".
 .SH FILE
 .TP 15
-/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/doc/*.txt
 I file di documentazione di
 .B Vim
 .
 Usare ":help doc\-file\-list" per avere la lista completa.
+.br
+.I vim??
+è il numero di versione corto, p.es., vim91 per indicare
+.B Vim 9.1
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/doc/tags
 Il file di tags usato per trovare informazioni nei file di documentazione.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/syntax/syntax.vim
 Inizializzazioni sintattiche a livello di sistema.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/syntax/*.vim
 File di colorazione sintattica per vari linguaggi.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+/usr/local/share/vim/vimrc
 Inizializzazioni
 .B Vim
 a livello di sistema.
 .TP
-~/.vimrc
+~/.vimrc, ~/.vim/vimrc, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/vimrc
 Inizializzazioni personali di
 .B Vim
-.
+(viene utilizzata la prima trovata).
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+/usr/local/share/vim/gvimrc
 Inizializzazioni gvim a livello di sistema.
 .TP
-~/.gvimrc
-Inizializzazioni personali di
+~/.gvimrc, ~/.vim/gvimrc, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/gvimrc
+Inizializzazioni personali di gvim (viene utilizzata la prima trovata).
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
-Script Vim usato dal comando ":options", da usare per visualizzare e impostare opzioni.
+/usr/local/share/vim/optwin.vim
+Script Vim usato dal comando ":options", maniera elegante per visualizzare e impostare opzioni.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/menu.vim
 Inizializzazioni del menù gvim a livello di sistema.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/bugreport.vim
 Script Vim per generare una segnalazione di errore.  Vedere ":help bugs".
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/filetype.vim
 Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo nome. Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/scripts.vim
 Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo contenuto. Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/print/*.ps
 File usati per stampa PostScript.
 .PP
 Per informazioni aggiornate [in inglese \- NdT] vedere la home page di Vim:
@@ -546,8 +591,8 @@ Vedere ":help credits" in
 è basato su Stevie, scritto da: Tim Thompson,
 Tony Andrews e G.R. (Fred) Walter.
 In verità, poco o nulla è rimasto del loro codice originale.
-.SH BACHI
-Probabili.
+.SH BUG
+Probabilmente.
 Vedere ":help todo" per una lista di problemi noti.
 .PP
 Si noti che un certo numero di comportamenti che possono essere considerati errori

runtime/doc/vim-it.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH VIM 1 "13 giugno 2022"
+.TH VIM 1 "4 giugno 2024"
 .SH NOME
 vim \- VI Migliorato, un editor di testi per programmatori
 .SH SINTASSI
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ Vedere ":help vi_diff.txt" per un sommario delle differenze fra
 .B Vim
 e Vi.
 .PP
-Mentre usate
+Mentre si usa
 .B Vim
-potete ricevere molto aiuto dal sistema di help online, col comando
+si può ricevere molto aiuto dal sistema di help online, col comando
 ":help".
 Vedere qui sotto la sezione AIUTO ONLINE.
 .PP
@@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ nome_file ..
 Una lista di nomi di file.
 Il primo di questi sarà il file corrente, e verrà letto nel buffer.
 Il cursore sarà posizionato sulla prima linea del buffer.
-Potete arrivare agli altri file col comando ":next".
+Si può arrivare agli altri file col comando ":next".
 Per editare un file il cui nome inizia per "\-" premettete "\-\-" alla lista_file.
 .TP
 \-
-Il file da editare è letto dallo "stdin"-
-I comandi sono letti da "stderr", che dovrebbe essere un terminale [tty].
+Il file da editare è letto dallo stdin.
+I comandi sono letti da stderr, che dovrebbe essere un terminale [tty].
 .TP
 \-t {tag}
 Il file da editare e la posizione iniziale del cursore dipendono da "tag",
 una specie di "etichetta" a cui saltare.
 {tag} viene cercata nel file "tags", e il file a essa associato diventa
-quello corrente, ed il comando ad essa associato viene eseguito.
+quello corrente, e il comando a essa associato viene eseguito.
 Di solito si usa per programmi C, nel qual caso {tag} potrebbe essere un
 nome di funzione.
 L'effetto è che il file contenente quella funzione diventa il file corrente
@@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ Vedere ":help quickfix".
 .PP
 .B Vim
 si comporta in modo diverso se invocato con nomi differenti (il programma
-eseguibile "sottostante" può essere sempre lo stesso).
+eseguibile "soggiacente" può essere sempre lo stesso).
 .TP 10
 vim
-Modo Normal, comportamento normale.
+Modo Normal, comportamento predefinito.
 .TP
 ex
 Inizia in Modo "Ex".
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Si può passare in Modo Normal col comando ":vi".
 Si può invocare il Modo "Ex" anche con l'argomento "\-e".
 .TP
 view
-Inizia in Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).  Non potete modificare i file.
+Inizia in Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).  Non si possono modificare i file.
 Si può invocare il Modo Read-only anche con l'argomento "\-R".
 .TP
 gvim gview
@@ -131,11 +131,11 @@ Le opzioni possono essere in un ordine qualsiasi, prima o dopo i nomi di file.
 Opzioni che non hanno un argomento si possono specificare dietro a un solo "\-".
 .TP 12
 +[numero]
-Per il primo file il cursore sarà posizionato sulla linea "numero".
+Nel primo file il cursore sarà posizionato sulla linea "numero".
 Se "numero" manca, il cursore sarà posizionato sull'ultima linea del file.
 .TP
 +/{espressione}
-Per il primo file il cursore sarà posizionato alla
+Nel primo file il cursore sarà posizionato alla
 prima occorrenza di {espressione}.
 Vedere ":help search\-pattern" per come specificare l'espressione.
 .TP
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Si possono usare fino a 10 di questi comandi, indipendentemente dai comandi "\-c
 Se
 .B Vim
 è stato compilato con supporto ARABIC per editare file con orientamento
-destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura araba, questa opzione inizia
+destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura araba, quest'opzione inizia
 .B Vim
 in Modo Arabic, cioè impostando 'arabic'.
 Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ termina in modo anormale.
 \-b
 Modo Binary (binario).
 Vengono impostate alcune opzioni che permettono di modificare un file
-binario o un programma eseguibile.
+binario o un file che contiene un programma eseguibile.
 .TP
 \-C
 Compatibile.  Imposta l'opzione 'compatible'.
@@ -186,12 +186,12 @@ ha quasi lo stesso comportamento di Vi, anche in presenza di un file .vimrc.
 .TP
 \-d
 Inizia in Modo Diff [differenze].
-Dovrebbero esserci come argomenti due o tre o quattro nomi di file.
+Dovrebbero esserci come argomenti da due o otto nomi di file.
 .B Vim
 aprirà tutti i file evidenziando le differenze fra gli stessi.
 Funziona come vimdiff(1).
 .TP
-\-d {dispositivo}
+\-d {dispositivo}, \-dev {dispositivo}
 Apre {dispositivo} per usarlo come terminale.
 Solo per l'Amiga.
 Esempio:
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ non è fatto ripartire per aprire una nuova finestra.
 Opzione da usare quando
 .B Vim
 è eseguito da un programma che attende la fine della
-sessione di edit (ad es. mail).
+sessione di edit (p.es., mail).
 Sull'Amiga i comandi ":sh" e ":!" non sono disponibili.
 .TP
 \-\-nofork
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ non crea [fork] una nuova finestra, indipendente dalla shell di invocazione.
 Se
 .B Vim
 è stato compilato con supporto FKMAP per editare file con orientamento
-destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura Farsi, questa opzione inizia
+destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura Farsi, quest'opzione inizia
 .B Vim
 in Modo Farsi, cioè impostando 'fkmap' e 'rightleft'.
 Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
@@ -243,12 +243,19 @@ termina in modo anormale.
 \-g
 Se
 .B Vim
-è stato compilato con supporto GUI, questa opzione chiede di usarla.
+è stato compilato con supporto GUI, quest'opzione chiede di usarla.
 Se Vim è stato compilato senza supporto GUI viene dato un messaggio di errore e
 .B Vim
 termina in modo anormale.
 .TP
-\-h
+\-\-gui-dialog-file {nome}
+Quando si usa la GUI, invece di visualizzare un dialogo, il titolo e il
+messaggio del dialogo sono scritti sul file {nome}.  Il file viene creato o,
+se già esistente, viene esteso.  Quest'opzione serve solo in fase di test,
+per evitare di restare bloccati da un dialogo che non si riesce a visualizzare.
+Se si sta lavorando senza la GUI l'argomento viene ignorato.
+.TP
+\-\-help, \-h, \-?
 Un po' di aiuto su opzioni e argomenti che si possono dare invocando Vim.
 Subito dopo
 .B Vim
@@ -258,7 +265,7 @@ esce.
 Se
 .B Vim
 è stato compilato col supporto RIGHTLEFT per editare file con orientamento
-destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura Ebraica, questa opzione inizia
+destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura Ebraica, quest'opzione inizia
 .B Vim
 in Modo Ebraico, cioè impostando 'hkmap' e 'rightleft'.
 Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
@@ -266,7 +273,7 @@ Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
 termina in modo anormale.
 .TP
 \-i {viminfo}
-Se è abilitato l'uso di un file viminfo, questa opzione indica il nome
+Se è abilitato l'uso di un file viminfo, quest'opzione indica il nome
 del file da usare invece di quello predefinito "~/.viminfo".
 Si può anche evitare l'uso di un file .viminfo, dando come nome
 "NONE".
@@ -292,13 +299,13 @@ opzioni possono essere abilitate in seguito, permettendo così modifiche.
 Modo "Non-compatibile".  Annulla l'opzione 'compatible'.
 Così
 .B Vim
-va un po' meglio, ma è meno compatibile con Vi, anche in assenza di un
+si comporta un po' meglio, ma è meno compatibile con Vi, anche in assenza di un
 file .vimrc.
 .TP
 \-n
 Inibisce l'uso di un file di swap.
 Il recupero dopo una caduta di macchina diventa impossibile.
-Utile per editare un file su un supporto molto lento (ad es. floppy).
+Utile per editare un file su un supporto molto lento (p.es., floppy).
 Il comando ":set uc=0" ha lo stesso effetto.
 Per abilitare il recupero usare ":set uc=200".
 .TP
@@ -306,16 +313,23 @@ Per abilitare il recupero usare ":set uc=200".
 Diviene un Editor server per NetBeans.  Vedere la documentazione per dettagli.
 .TP
 \-o[N]
-Apri N finestre in orizzontale.
-Se N manca, apri una finestra per ciascun file.
+Apre N finestre in orizzontale.
+Se N manca, apre una finestra per ciascun file.
 .TP
 \-O[N]
-Apri N finestre, in verticale.
-Se N manca, apri una finestra per ciascun file.
+Apre N finestre, in verticale.
+Se N manca, apre una finestra per ciascun file.
 .TP
 \-p[N]
-Apri N pagine di linguette.
-Quando N è omesso, apri una pagine di linguette per ciascun file.
+Apre N pagine di linguette.
+Quando N è omesso, apre una pagine di linguette per ciascun file.
+.TP
+\-P {titolo-padre}
+Solo per GUI Win32: Specifica il titolo dell'applicazione-padre.  Se possibile,
+Vim viene eseguito in una finestra MDI (Multiple-Document Interface).
+{titolo-padre} deve apparire nel titolo della applicazione-padre.  Accertatevi
+che sia sufficientemente esplicativo.  Notare che l'implementazione è ancora
+rudimentale.  Non funziona per tutte le applicazioni, e il menù non funziona.
 .TP
 \-R
 Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).
@@ -324,7 +338,7 @@ Si può ancora modificare il buffer, ma il file è protetto da una riscrittura
 involontaria.
 Se si vuole davvero riscrivere il file, occorre aggiungere un punto esclamativo
 al comando Ex, come in ":w!".
-L'opzione \-R implica anche l'opzione \-n (vedere sotto).
+L'opzione \-R implica anche l'opzione \-n (vedere sopra).
 L'opzione 'readonly' può essere annullata con ":set noro".
 Vedere ":help 'readonly'".
 .TP
@@ -342,10 +356,10 @@ Vedere ":help recovery".
 Modo silenzioso.  Solo quando invocato come "Ex" o quando l'opzione
 "\-e" è stata data prima dell'opzione "\-s".
 .TP
-\-s {scriptin}
-Lo script file {scriptin} è letto.
+\-s {script_in_input}
+Lo script file {script_in_input} è letto.
 I caratteri nel file sono interpretati come se immessi da terminale.
-Lo stesso risultato si può ottenere col comando ":source! {scriptin}".
+Lo stesso risultato si può ottenere col comando ":source! {script_in_input}".
 Se la fine del file di input viene raggiunta prima che Vim termini,
 l'ulteriore input verrà preso dalla tastiera.
 .TP
@@ -356,12 +370,22 @@ quale tipo di terminale state usando.
 Utile solo se il terminale non viene riconosciuto correttamente da Vim.
 Dovrebbe essere un terminale noto a
 .B Vim
-(internamente) o definito nei file termcap o terminfo.
+(predefinito) o definito nei file termcap o terminfo.
+.TP
+\-\-not-a-term
+Da usare per specifica a
+.B Vim
+che l'utente è consapevole che l'input e l'output non avvengono con un terminale
+vero e proprio.  Ciò serve per evitare il messaggio di avvertimento e il ritardo
+di due secondi che avverrebbero in assenza di questo argomento.
+.TP
+\-\-ttyfail
+Quando stdin o stdout non sono un terminale (tty) esci subito da Vim.
 .TP
 \-u {vimrc}
 Usa i comandi nel file {vimrc} per inizializzazioni.
 Tutte le altre inizializzazioni non sono eseguite.
-Usate questa opzione per editare qualche file di tipo speciale.
+Usare quest'opzione per editare qualche file di tipo speciale.
 Si possono anche omettere tutte le inizializzazioni dando come nome "NONE".
 Vedere ":help initialization" da vim per ulteriori dettagli.
 .TP
@@ -376,21 +400,37 @@ Verboso.  Vim manda messaggi relativi ai file di script che esegue
 e quando legge o scrive un file viminfo.  Il numero opzionale N è il valore
 dell'opzione 'verbose'.  Il valore predefinito è 10.
 .TP
+\-V[N]{nome_file}
+Comw \-V  imposta 'verbosefile' a {nome_file}.  Il risultato è che i messaggi
+non sono visualizzati, ma scritti sul file {nome_file}.  Il {nome_file} non
+deve iniziare con un numero.
+.TP
+\-\-log {nome_file}
+Se
+.B Vim
+è stato compilato con le funzionalità eval e channel, inizia a registrare
+e scrive le registrazioni a {nome_file}.  Ciò equivale a chiamare
+.I ch_logfile({nome_file}, 'ao')
+in una fase molto iniziale dell'avvio del programma.
+.TP
 \-v
 Inizia
 .B Vim
 in Modo Vi, come se il programma eseguibile fosse "vi".  Questo ha
 effetto solo quando Vim viene invocato con il nome "ex".
 .TP
-\-w {scriptout}
-Ogni carattere immesso viene registrato nel file {scriptout},
+\-w{numero}
+Imposta l'opzione 'window' a {numero}.
+.TP
+\-w {script_file}
+Ogni carattere immesso viene registrato nel file {script_file},
 finché non si esce da
 .B Vim.
 Utile se si vuole creare uno script file da usare con "vim \-s" o
 ":source!".
-Se il file {scriptout} esiste, quel che immettete viene aggiunto in fondo.
+Se il file {script_file} esiste, il testo immesso viene aggiunto in fondo.
 .TP
-\-W {scriptout}
+\-W {script_file}
 Come \-w, ma uno script file esistente viene sovrascritto.
 .TP
 \-x
@@ -421,10 +461,7 @@ Richiede di non usare alcun file di personalizzazione (vimrc, plugin, etc.).
 Utile per verificare se un problema persiste invocando Vim "originale".
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
-Solo per GUI GTK: Visualizza Window ID su "stdout".
-.TP
-\-\-help
-Vim dà un messaggio ed esce, come con l'argomento "\-h".
+Solo per GUI GTK: Visualizza ID di Window su stdout.
 .TP
 \-\-literal
 Considera i nomi passati come argomenti letterali, senza espandere metacaratteri.
@@ -439,7 +476,7 @@ argomenti.  Se non si trova un server viene dato un messaggio e i file sono
 editati nel Vim corrente.
 .TP
 \-\-remote\-expr {expr}
-Connettersi a un server Vim, valutare {expr} e stampare il risultato su "stdout".
+Connettersi a un server Vim, valutare {expr} e stampare il risultato su stdout.
 .TP
 \-\-remote\-send {chiavi}
 Connettersi a un server Vim e spedirgli {chiavi}.
@@ -467,7 +504,11 @@ Solo per GUI GTK: Usa meccanismo GtkPlug per eseguire gvim in un'altra finestra.
 Durante la fase iniziale, scrive messaggi di log al file {nome_file}.
 .TP
 \-\-version
-Stampa la versione di Vim ed esci.
+Stampa la versione di Vim ed esce.
+.TP
+\-\-windowid {id}
+Solo per GUI Win32: Chiede a gvim di provare a user l'ID di window {id}
+come padre, in modo da venir eseguito all'interno della finestra specificata.
 .SH AIUTO ONLINE
 Battere ":help" in
 .B Vim
@@ -481,53 +522,57 @@ Tutti i file di documentazione possono essere navigati così.  Ad es.:
 ":help syntax.txt".
 .SH FILE
 .TP 15
-/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/doc/*.txt
 I file di documentazione di
 .B Vim
 .
 Usare ":help doc\-file\-list" per avere la lista completa.
+.br
+.I vim??
+è il numero di versione corto, p.es., vim91 per indicare
+.B Vim 9.1
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/doc/tags
 Il file di tags usato per trovare informazioni nei file di documentazione.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/syntax/syntax.vim
 Inizializzazioni sintattiche a livello di sistema.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/syntax/*.vim
 File di colorazione sintattica per vari linguaggi.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+/usr/local/share/vim/vimrc
 Inizializzazioni
 .B Vim
 a livello di sistema.
 .TP
-~/.vimrc
+~/.vimrc, ~/.vim/vimrc, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/vimrc
 Inizializzazioni personali di
 .B Vim
-.
+(viene utilizzata la prima trovata).
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+/usr/local/share/vim/gvimrc
 Inizializzazioni gvim a livello di sistema.
 .TP
-~/.gvimrc
-Inizializzazioni personali di
+~/.gvimrc, ~/.vim/gvimrc, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/gvimrc
+Inizializzazioni personali di gvim (viene utilizzata la prima trovata).
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
-Script Vim usato dal comando ":options", da usare per visualizzare e impostare opzioni.
+/usr/local/share/vim/optwin.vim
+Script Vim usato dal comando ":options", maniera elegante per visualizzare e impostare opzioni.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/menu.vim
 Inizializzazioni del menù gvim a livello di sistema.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/bugreport.vim
 Script Vim per generare una segnalazione di errore.  Vedere ":help bugs".
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/filetype.vim
 Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo nome. Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/scripts.vim
 Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo contenuto. Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/print/*.ps
 File usati per stampa PostScript.
 .PP
 Per informazioni aggiornate [in inglese \- NdT] vedere la home page di Vim:
@@ -546,8 +591,8 @@ Vedere ":help credits" in
 è basato su Stevie, scritto da: Tim Thompson,
 Tony Andrews e G.R. (Fred) Walter.
 In verità, poco o nulla è rimasto del loro codice originale.
-.SH BACHI
-Probabili.
+.SH BUG
+Probabilmente.
 Vedere ":help todo" per una lista di problemi noti.
 .PP
 Si noti che un certo numero di comportamenti che possono essere considerati errori

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH VIM 1 "2021 Jun 13"
+.TH VIM 1 "2024 Jun 04"
 .SH NAME
 vim \- Vi IMproved, a programmer's text editor
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ There should between two to eight file name arguments.
 will open all the files and show differences between them.
 Works like vimdiff(1).
 .TP
-\-d {device}
+\-d {device}, \-dev {device}
 Open {device} for use as a terminal.
 Only on the Amiga.
 Example:
@@ -248,7 +248,13 @@ If no GUI support was compiled in, an error message is given and
 .B Vim
 aborts.
 .TP
-\-h
+\-\-gui-dialog-file {name}
+When using the GUI, instead of showing a dialog, write the title and message of
+the dialog to file {name}.  The file is created or appended to.  Only useful
+for testing, to avoid that the test gets stuck on a dialog that can't be seen.
+Without the GUI the argument is ignored.
+.TP
+\-\-help, \-h, \-?
 Give a bit of help about the command line arguments and options.
 After this
 .B Vim
@@ -317,6 +323,13 @@ When N is omitted, open one window for each file.
 Open N tab pages.
 When N is omitted, open one tab page for each file.
 .TP
+\-P {parent-title}
+Win32 GUI only: Specify the title of the parent application.  When possible, Vim
+will run in an MDI window inside the application. {parent-title} must appear in
+the window title of the parent application.  Make sure that it is specific
+enough. Note that the implementation is still primitive.  It won't work with
+all applications and the menu doesn't work.
+.TP
 \-R
 Read-only mode.
 The 'readonly' option will be set.
@@ -358,6 +371,16 @@ Should be a terminal known to
 .B Vim
 (builtin) or defined in the termcap or terminfo file.
 .TP
+\-\-not-a-term
+Tells
+.B Vim
+that the user knows that the input and/or output is not connected to a
+terminal.  This will avoid the warning and the two second delay that would
+happen.
+.TP
+\-\-ttyfail
+When stdin or stdout is not a a terminal (tty) then exit right away.
+.TP
 \-u {vimrc}
 Use the commands in the file {vimrc} for initializations.
 All the other initializations are skipped.
@@ -376,12 +399,28 @@ Verbose.  Give messages about which files are sourced and for reading and
 writing a viminfo file.  The optional number N is the value for 'verbose'.
 Default is 10.
 .TP
+\-V[N]{filename}
+Like \-V and set 'verbosefile' to {filename}.  The result is that messages are
+not displayed but written to the file {filename}.  {filename} must not start
+with a digit.
+.TP
+\-\-log {filename}
+If
+.B Vim
+has been compiled with eval and channel feature, start logging and write
+entries to {filename}. This works like calling
+.I ch_logfile({filename}, 'ao')
+very early during startup.
+.TP
 \-v
 Start
 .B Vim
 in Vi mode, just like the executable was called "vi".  This only has effect
 when the executable is called "ex".
 .TP
+\-w{number}
+Set the 'window' option to {number}.
+.TP
 \-w {scriptout}
 All the characters that you type are recorded in the file
 {scriptout}, until you exit
@@ -423,9 +462,6 @@ a problem reproduces with a clean Vim setup.
 \-\-echo\-wid
 GTK GUI only: Echo the Window ID on stdout.
 .TP
-\-\-help
-Give a help message and exit, just like "\-h".
-.TP
 \-\-literal
 Take file name arguments literally, do not expand wildcards.  This has no
 effect on Unix where the shell expands wildcards.
@@ -468,6 +504,10 @@ During startup write timing messages to the file {fname}.
 .TP
 \-\-version
 Print version information and exit.
+.TP
+\-\-windowid {id}
+Win32 GUI only: Make gvim try to use the window {id} as a parent, so that it
+runs inside that window.
 .SH ON-LINE HELP
 Type ":help" in
 .B Vim
@@ -481,53 +521,57 @@ All documentation files can be viewed in this way, for example
 ":help syntax.txt".
 .SH FILES
 .TP 15
-/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/doc/*.txt
 The
 .B Vim
 documentation files.
 Use ":help doc\-file\-list" to get the complete list.
+.br
+.I vim??
+is short version number, like vim91 for
+.B Vim 9.1
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/doc/tags
 The tags file used for finding information in the documentation files.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/syntax/syntax.vim
 System wide syntax initializations.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/syntax/*.vim
 Syntax files for various languages.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+/usr/local/share/vim/vimrc
 System wide
 .B Vim
 initializations.
 .TP
-~/.vimrc
+~/.vimrc, ~/.vim/vimrc, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/vimrc
 Your personal
 .B Vim
-initializations.
+initializations (first one found is used).
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+/usr/local/share/vim/gvimrc
 System wide gvim initializations.
 .TP
-~/.gvimrc
-Your personal gvim initializations.
+~/.gvimrc, ~/.vim/gvimrc, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/gvimrc
+Your personal gvim initializations (first one found is used).
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/optwin.vim
 Script used for the ":options" command, a nice way to view and set options.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/menu.vim
 System wide menu initializations for gvim.
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/bugreport.vim
 Script to generate a bug report.  See ":help bugs".
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/filetype.vim
 Script to detect the type of a file by its name.  See ":help 'filetype'".
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/scripts.vim
 Script to detect the type of a file by its contents.  See ":help 'filetype'".
 .TP
-/usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+/usr/local/share/vim/vim??/print/*.ps
 Files used for PostScript printing.
 .PP
 For recent info read the VIM home page:

runtime/doc/vim.man

@@ -139,7 +139,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    name arguments.  Vim will open all the files and show  dif‐
                    ferences between them.  Works like vimdiff(1).
 
-       -d {device} Open  {device}  for  use as a terminal.  Only on the Amiga.
+       -d {device}, -dev {device}
+                   Open  {device}  for  use as a terminal.  Only on the Amiga.
                    Example: "-d con:20/30/600/150".
 
        -D          Debugging.  Go to debugging mode when executing  the  first
@@ -171,7 +172,15 @@ OPTIONS
                    ables the GUI.  If no GUI support was compiled in, an error
                    message is given and Vim aborts.
 
-       -h          Give a bit of help about the command line arguments and op‐
+       --gui-dialog-file {name}
+                   When  using the GUI, instead of showing a dialog, write the
+                   title and message of the dialog to file {name}.   The  file
+                   is  created  or  appended  to.  Only useful for testing, to
+                   avoid that the test gets stuck on a dialog  that  can't  be
+                   seen.  Without the GUI the argument is ignored.
+
+       --help, -h, -?
+                   Give a bit of help about the command line arguments and op‐
                    tions.  After this Vim exits.
 
        -H          If Vim has been compiled with RIGHTLEFT support for editing
@@ -220,6 +229,15 @@ OPTIONS
        -p[N]       Open N tab pages.  When N is omitted, open one tab page for
                    each file.
 
+       -P {parent-title}
+                   Win32  GUI  only:  Specify the title of the parent applica‐
+                   tion.  When possible, Vim will run in an MDI window  inside
+                   the  application.  {parent-title} must appear in the window
+                   title of the parent application.  Make sure that it is spe‐
+                   cific  enough. Note that the implementation is still primi‐
+                   tive.  It won't work with all  applications  and  the  menu
+                   doesn't work.
+
        -R          Read-only  mode.   The  'readonly' option will be set.  You
                    can still edit the buffer, but will be prevented from acci‐
                    dentally overwriting a file.  If you do want to overwrite a
@@ -252,26 +270,47 @@ OPTIONS
                    terminal known to Vim (builtin) or defined in  the  termcap
                    or terminfo file.
 
-       -u {vimrc}  Use  the  commands in the file {vimrc} for initializations.
-                   All the other initializations are  skipped.   Use  this  to
-                   edit  a special kind of files.  It can also be used to skip
-                   all initializations by giving the name "NONE".  See  ":help
+       --not-a-term
+                   Tells  Vim that the user knows that the input and/or output
+                   is not connected to a terminal.  This will avoid the  warn‐
+                   ing and the two second delay that would happen.
+
+       --ttyfail   When  stdin  or  stdout is not a a terminal (tty) then exit
+                   right away.
+
+       -u {vimrc}  Use the commands in the file {vimrc}  for  initializations.
+                   All  the  other  initializations  are skipped.  Use this to
+                   edit a special kind of files.  It can also be used to  skip
+                   all  initializations by giving the name "NONE".  See ":help
                    initialization" within vim for more details.
 
-       -U {gvimrc} Use  the  commands in the file {gvimrc} for GUI initializa‐
-                   tions.  All the other GUI initializations are skipped.   It
-                   can  also be used to skip all GUI initializations by giving
-                   the name "NONE".  See ":help gui-init" within vim for  more
+       -U {gvimrc} Use the commands in the file {gvimrc} for  GUI  initializa‐
+                   tions.   All the other GUI initializations are skipped.  It
+                   can also be used to skip all GUI initializations by  giving
+                   the  name "NONE".  See ":help gui-init" within vim for more
                    details.
 
-       -V[N]       Verbose.   Give  messages about which files are sourced and
-                   for reading and writing a viminfo file.  The optional  num‐
+       -V[N]       Verbose.  Give messages about which files are  sourced  and
+                   for  reading and writing a viminfo file.  The optional num‐
                    ber N is the value for 'verbose'.  Default is 10.
 
+       -V[N]{filename}
+                   Like -V and set 'verbosefile' to {filename}.  The result is
+                   that  messages  are  not  displayed but written to the file
+                   {filename}.  {filename} must not start with a digit.
+
+       --log {filename}
+                   If Vim has been compiled with  eval  and  channel  feature,
+                   start  logging  and write entries to {filename}. This works
+                   like calling ch_logfile({filename}, 'ao') very early during
+                   startup.
+
        -v          Start  Vim  in Vi mode, just like the executable was called
                    "vi".  This only has effect when the executable  is  called
                    "ex".
 
+       -w{number}  Set the 'window' option to {number}.
+
        -w {scriptout}
                    All  the  characters that you type are recorded in the file
                    {scriptout}, until you exit Vim.  This  is  useful  if  you
@@ -306,8 +345,6 @@ OPTIONS
 
        --echo-wid  GTK GUI only: Echo the Window ID on stdout.
 
-       --help      Give a help message and exit, just like "-h".
-
        --literal   Take  file  name  arguments  literally, do not expand wild‐
                    cards.  This has no effect on Unix where the shell  expands
                    wildcards.
@@ -354,58 +391,67 @@ OPTIONS
 
        --version   Print version information and exit.
 
+       --windowid {id}
+                   Win32 GUI only: Make gvim try to use the window {id}  as  a
+                   parent, so that it runs inside that window.
+
 ON-LINE HELP
-       Type ":help" in Vim to get started.  Type ":help subject" to  get  help
-       on  a  specific  subject.   For example: ":help ZZ" to get help for the
-       "ZZ" command.  Use <Tab> and CTRL-D to complete subjects  (":help  cmd‐
-       line-completion").   Tags are present to jump from one place to another
+       Type  ":help"  in Vim to get started.  Type ":help subject" to get help
+       on a specific subject.  For example: ":help ZZ" to  get  help  for  the
+       "ZZ"  command.   Use <Tab> and CTRL-D to complete subjects (":help cmd‐
+       line-completion").  Tags are present to jump from one place to  another
        (sort of hypertext links, see ":help").  All documentation files can be
        viewed in this way, for example ":help syntax.txt".
 
 FILES
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
-                      The  Vim documentation files.  Use ":help doc-file-list"
+       /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/doc/*.txt
+                      The Vim documentation files.  Use ":help  doc-file-list"
                       to get the complete list.
+                      vim??  is short version number, like vim91 for Vim 9.1
 
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
-                      The tags file used for finding information in the  docu‐
+       /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/doc/tags
+                      The  tags file used for finding information in the docu‐
                       mentation files.
 
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+       /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/syntax/syntax.vim
                       System wide syntax initializations.
 
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+       /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/syntax/*.vim
                       Syntax files for various languages.
 
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+       /usr/local/share/vim/vimrc
                       System wide Vim initializations.
 
-       ~/.vimrc       Your personal Vim initializations.
+       ~/.vimrc, ~/.vim/vimrc, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/vimrc
+                      Your personal Vim initializations (first  one  found  is
+                      used).
 
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+       /usr/local/share/vim/gvimrc
                       System wide gvim initializations.
 
-       ~/.gvimrc      Your personal gvim initializations.
+       ~/.gvimrc, ~/.vim/gvimrc, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/vim/gvimrc
+                      Your  personal  gvim initializations (first one found is
+                      used).
 
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
-                      Script  used  for  the ":options" command, a nice way to
+       /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/optwin.vim
+                      Script used for the ":options" command, a  nice  way  to
                       view and set options.
 
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+       /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/menu.vim
                       System wide menu initializations for gvim.
 
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+       /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/bugreport.vim
                       Script to generate a bug report.  See ":help bugs".
 
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
-                      Script to detect the type of a file by  its  name.   See
+       /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/filetype.vim
+                      Script  to  detect  the type of a file by its name.  See
                       ":help 'filetype'".
 
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
-                      Script  to  detect  the  type of a file by its contents.
+       /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/scripts.vim
+                      Script to detect the type of a  file  by  its  contents.
                       See ":help 'filetype'".
 
-       /usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+       /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/print/*.ps
                       Files used for PostScript printing.
 
        For recent info read the VIM home page:
@@ -417,19 +463,19 @@ SEE ALSO
 AUTHOR
        Most of Vim was made by Bram Moolenaar, with a lot of help from others.
        See ":help credits" in Vim.
-       Vim  is  based  on Stevie, worked on by: Tim Thompson, Tony Andrews and
+       Vim is based on Stevie, worked on by: Tim Thompson,  Tony  Andrews  and
        G.R. (Fred) Walter.  Although hardly any of the original code remains.
 
 BUGS
        Probably.  See ":help todo" for a list of known problems.
 
-       Note that a number of things that may be regarded as bugs by some,  are
-       in  fact  caused by a too-faithful reproduction of Vi's behaviour.  And
-       if you think other things are bugs "because Vi  does  it  differently",
-       you  should  take  a closer look at the vi_diff.txt file (or type :help
-       vi_diff.txt when in Vim).  Also have a look  at  the  'compatible'  and
+       Note  that a number of things that may be regarded as bugs by some, are
+       in fact caused by a too-faithful reproduction of Vi's  behaviour.   And
+       if  you  think  other things are bugs "because Vi does it differently",
+       you should take a closer look at the vi_diff.txt file  (or  type  :help
+       vi_diff.txt  when  in  Vim).   Also have a look at the 'compatible' and
        'cpoptions' options.
 
 
 
-                                  2021 Jun 13                           VIM(1)
+                                  2024 Jun 04                           VIM(1)

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 Apr 13
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.1.  Last change: 2024 May 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -67,6 +67,7 @@ rewrite old scripts, they keep working as before.  You may want to use a few
 		Note that {cmd} cannot use local variables, since it is parsed
 		with legacy expression syntax.
 
+See some examples of Vim9 script at |52.6|.
 ==============================================================================
 
 2. Differences from legacy Vim script			*vim9-differences*

runtime/doc/xxd-it.1

@@ -75,6 +75,9 @@ Non c'
 .IR \-C " | " \-capitalize
 Mette in maiuscolo i nomi di variabili nello stile delle `include' C, se si usa \-i.
 .TP
+.I \-d
+Mostra spostamenti usando numeri decimali invece che esadecimali.
+.TP
 .IR \-E " | " \-EBCDIC
 Cambia la codifica della colonna di destra da ASCII a EBCDIC.
 Questo non modifica la rappresentazione esadecimale. Non ha senso
@@ -143,7 +146,7 @@ lo stesso colore, a seconda del valore esadecimale. Utile soprattutto a
 distinguere i caratteri stampabili da quelli non stampabili.
 .I quando
 può assumere i valori
-.BR never ", " always ", o " auto .
+.BR never ", " always ", o " auto " (default: auto).
 Quando la variabile d'ambiente
 .BR $NO_COLOR
 è impostata, la colorazione viene disabilitata.

runtime/doc/xxd-it.UTF-8.1

@@ -75,6 +75,9 @@ Non c'è un valore massimo per \-ps; se si specifica 0 viene scritta un'unica lu
 .IR \-C " | " \-capitalize
 Mette in maiuscolo i nomi di variabili nello stile delle `include' C, se si usa \-i.
 .TP
+.I \-d
+Mostra spostamenti usando numeri decimali invece che esadecimali.
+.TP
 .IR \-E " | " \-EBCDIC
 Cambia la codifica della colonna di destra da ASCII a EBCDIC.
 Questo non modifica la rappresentazione esadecimale. Non ha senso
@@ -143,7 +146,7 @@ lo stesso colore, a seconda del valore esadecimale. Utile soprattutto a
 distinguere i caratteri stampabili da quelli non stampabili.
 .I quando
 può assumere i valori
-.BR never ", " always ", o " auto .
+.BR never ", " always ", o " auto " (default: auto).
 Quando la variabile d'ambiente
 .BR $NO_COLOR
 è impostata, la colorazione viene disabilitata.

runtime/doc/xxd.1

@@ -75,6 +75,9 @@ No maximum for \-ps. With \-ps, 0 results in one long line of output.
 .IR \-C " | " \-capitalize
 Capitalize variable names in C include file style, when using \-i.
 .TP
+.I \-d
+show offset in decimal instead of hex.
+.TP
 .IR \-E " | " \-EBCDIC
 Change the character encoding in the righthand column from ASCII to EBCDIC.
 This does not change the hexadecimal representation. The option is
@@ -138,12 +141,12 @@ anywhere. Use the combination
 to read a bits dump instead of a hex dump.
 .TP
 .IR \-R " " when
-In output the hex-value and the value are both colored with the same color
+In the output the hex-value and the value are both colored with the same color
 depending on the hex-value. Mostly helping to differentiate printable and
 non-printable characters.
 .I \fIwhen\fP
 is
-.BR never ", " always ", or " auto .
+.BR never ", " always ", or " auto " (default: auto).
 When the 
 .BR $NO_COLOR
 environment variable is set, colorization will be disabled.

runtime/doc/xxd.man

@@ -49,6 +49,8 @@ OPTIONS
               Capitalize  variable  names  in C include file style, when using
               -i.
 
+       -d     show offset in decimal instead of hex.
+
        -E | -EBCDIC
               Change the character encoding in the righthand column from ASCII
               to EBCDIC.  This does not change the hexadecimal representation.
@@ -97,15 +99,15 @@ OPTIONS
               truncating it. Use the combination -r -p to read plain hexadeci‐
               mal dumps without line number information and without a particu‐
               lar column layout. Additional whitespace and line breaks are al‐
-              lowed anywhere.  Use the combination -r -b to read a  bits  dump
+              lowed  anywhere.  Use  the combination -r -b to read a bits dump
               instead of a hex dump.
 
        -R when
-              In  output the hex-value and the value are both colored with the
-              same color depending on the hex-value. Mostly helping to differ‐
-              entiate  printable and non-printable characters.  when is never,
-              always, or auto.  When the  $NO_COLOR  environment  variable  is
-              set, colorization will be disabled.
+              In the output the hex-value and the value are both colored  with
+              the  same  color  depending  on the hex-value. Mostly helping to
+              differentiate printable and non-printable characters.   when  is
+              never,  always, or auto (default: auto).  When the $NO_COLOR en‐
+              vironment variable is set, colorization will be disabled.
 
        -seek offset
               When used after -r: revert with <offset> added to file positions
@@ -113,9 +115,9 @@ OPTIONS
 
        -s [+][-]seek
               Start at <seek> bytes abs. (or rel.) infile offset.  + indicates
-              that  the  seek  is  relative to the current stdin file position
+              that the seek is relative to the  current  stdin  file  position
               (meaningless when not reading from stdin).  - indicates that the
-              seek  should  be  that many characters from the end of the input
+              seek should be that many characters from the end  of  the  input
               (or if combined with +: before the current stdin file position).
               Without -s option, xxd starts at the current file position.
 
@@ -125,20 +127,20 @@ OPTIONS
               Show version string.
 
 CAVEATS
-       xxd  -r  has  some built-in magic while evaluating line number informa‐
-       tion.  If the output file is seekable, then the  line  numbers  at  the
-       start  of each hex dump line may be out of order, lines may be missing,
-       or overlapping. In these cases xxd will lseek(2) to the next  position.
-       If  the  output file is not seekable, only gaps are allowed, which will
+       xxd -r has some built-in magic while evaluating  line  number  informa‐
+       tion.   If  the  output  file is seekable, then the line numbers at the
+       start of each hex dump line may be out of order, lines may be  missing,
+       or  overlapping. In these cases xxd will lseek(2) to the next position.
+       If the output file is not seekable, only gaps are allowed,  which  will
        be filled by null-bytes.
 
        xxd -r never generates parse errors. Garbage is silently skipped.
 
        When editing hex dumps, please note that xxd -r skips everything on the
        input line after reading enough columns of hexadecimal data (see option
-       -c). This also means that changes to the printable  ASCII  (or  EBCDIC)
+       -c).  This  also  means that changes to the printable ASCII (or EBCDIC)
        columns are always ignored. Reverting a plain (or PostScript) style hex
-       dump with xxd -r -p does not depend on the correct number  of  columns.
+       dump  with  xxd -r -p does not depend on the correct number of columns.
        Here, anything that looks like a pair of hex digits is interpreted.
 
        Note the difference between
@@ -146,28 +148,28 @@ CAVEATS
        and
        % xxd -i < file
 
-       xxd  -s +seek may be different from xxd -s seek, as lseek(2) is used to
+       xxd -s +seek may be different from xxd -s seek, as lseek(2) is used  to
        "rewind" input.  A '+' makes a difference if the input source is stdin,
-       and  if  stdin's  file  position is not at the start of the file by the
-       time xxd is started and given its input.  The  following  examples  may
+       and if stdin's file position is not at the start of  the  file  by  the
+       time  xxd  is  started and given its input.  The following examples may
        help to clarify (or further confuse!):
 
-       Rewind  stdin before reading; needed because the `cat' has already read
+       Rewind stdin before reading; needed because the `cat' has already  read
        to the end of stdin.
        % sh -c "cat > plain_copy; xxd -s 0 > hex_copy" < file
 
-       Hex dump from file position 0x480 (=1024+128) onwards.   The  `+'  sign
+       Hex  dump  from  file position 0x480 (=1024+128) onwards.  The `+' sign
        means "relative to the current position", thus the `128' adds to the 1k
        where dd left off.
-       % sh -c "dd of=plain_snippet bs=1k count=1; xxd -s +128 >  hex_snippet"
+       %  sh -c "dd of=plain_snippet bs=1k count=1; xxd -s +128 > hex_snippet"
        < file
 
        Hex dump from file position 0x100 (=1024-768) onwards.
        % sh -c "dd of=plain_snippet bs=1k count=1; xxd -s +-768 > hex_snippet"
        < file
 
-       However, this is a rare situation and the use of `+' is rarely  needed.
-       The  author  prefers  to  monitor  the  effect of xxd with strace(1) or
+       However,  this is a rare situation and the use of `+' is rarely needed.
+       The author prefers to monitor the  effect  of  xxd  with  strace(1)  or
        truss(1), whenever -s is used.
 
 EXAMPLES
@@ -211,7 +213,7 @@ EXAMPLES
        % xxd -s 0x36 -l 13 -c 13 xxd.1
        0000036: 3235 7468 204d 6179 2031 3939 36  25th May 1996
 
-       Create a 65537 byte file with all bytes 0x00, except for the  last  one
+       Create  a  65537 byte file with all bytes 0x00, except for the last one
        which is 'A' (hex 0x41).
        % echo "010000: 41" | xxd -r > file
 
@@ -222,11 +224,11 @@ EXAMPLES
        000fffc: 0000 0000 40                   ....A
 
        Create a 1 byte file containing a single 'A' character.  The number af‐
-       ter '-r -s' adds to the line numbers found in the file; in effect,  the
+       ter  '-r -s' adds to the line numbers found in the file; in effect, the
        leading bytes are suppressed.
        % echo "010000: 41" | xxd -r -s -0x10000 > file
 
-       Use  xxd  as a filter within an editor such as vim(1) to hex dump a re‐
+       Use xxd as a filter within an editor such as vim(1) to hex dump  a  re‐
        gion marked between `a' and `z'.
        :'a,'z!xxd
 

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-" Last Change:	2023 Dec 06
+" Last Change:	2024 May 31
 " Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */.cmus/{autosave,rc,command-history,*.theme} setf cmusrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */cmus/{rc,*.theme}			setf cmusrc
 
 " Cobol
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cbl,*.cob,*.lib	setf cobol
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cbl,*.cob	setf cobol
 "   cobol or zope form controller python script? (heuristic)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cpy
 	\ if getline(1) =~ '^##' |
@@ -532,6 +532,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead s6-*                              setf execline
 " Fontconfig config files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead fonts.conf			setf xml
 
+" Faust
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lib				setf faust
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dsp				call dist#ft#FTdsp()
+
 " Libreoffice config files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xcu,*.xlb,*.xlc,*.xba		setf xml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead psprint.conf,sofficerc		setf dosini
@@ -972,6 +976,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hbs			setf handlebars
 
 " Hare
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ha			setf hare
+au BufNewFile,BufRead README			call dist#ft#FTharedoc()
 
 " Haskell
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hs,*.hsc,*.hs-boot,*.hsig setf haskell
@@ -1044,6 +1049,9 @@ au BufRead,BufNewFile *.hurl			setf hurl
 " Hyper Builder
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hb			setf hb
 
+" Hyprlang
+au BufNewFile,BufRead hypr\(land\|paper\|idle\|lock\).conf	setf hyprlang
+
 " Httest
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.htt,*.htb		setf httest
 
@@ -1072,7 +1080,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */.icewm/menu		setf icemenu
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .indent.pro		setf indent
 au BufNewFile,BufRead indent.pro		call dist#ft#ProtoCheck('indent')
 
-" IDL (Interactive Data Language)
+" IDL (Interactive Data Language), Prolog, Cproto or zsh module C
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pro			call dist#ft#ProtoCheck('idlang')
 
 " Indent RC
@@ -1103,6 +1111,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ini,*.INI		setf dosini
 " SysV Inittab
 au BufNewFile,BufRead inittab			setf inittab
 
+" Inko
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.inko			setf inko
+
 " Inno Setup
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.iss			setf iss
 
@@ -1145,6 +1156,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clp			setf jess
 " Jgraph
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jgr			setf jgraph
 
+" Jujutsu
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jjdescription		setf jj
+
 " Jovial
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jov,*.j73,*.jovial	setf jovial
 
@@ -1167,7 +1181,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ipynb,*.jupyterlab-settings	setf json
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sublime-project,*.sublime-settings,*.sublime-workspace	setf json
 
 " Other files that look like json
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .prettierrc,.firebaserc,.stylelintrc,flake.lock	setf json
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .prettierrc,.firebaserc,.stylelintrc,.lintstagedrc,flake.lock	setf json
 
 " JSONC (JSON with comments)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonc,.babelrc,.eslintrc,.jsfmtrc	setf jsonc
@@ -1355,7 +1369,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/mail/aliases,*/etc/aliases	setf mailaliases
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .mailcap,mailcap		setf mailcap
 
 " Makefile
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *[mM]akefile,*.mk,*.mak,*.dsp setf make
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *[mM]akefile,*.mk,*.mak	setf make
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Kbuild			setf make
 
 " MakeIndex
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ist,*.mst		setf ist
@@ -1856,6 +1871,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pk			setf poke
 " Protocols
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/protocols		setf protocols
 
+" Purescript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.purs			setf purescript
+
 " PyPA manifest files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead MANIFEST.in		setf pymanifest
 
@@ -2050,6 +2068,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scala			setf scala
 " SBT - Scala Build Tool
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sbt			setf sbt
 
+" Slint
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.slint			setf slint
+
 " SuperCollider
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sc			call dist#ft#FTsc()
 
@@ -2133,7 +2154,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead catalog			setf catalog
 " Gentoo ebuilds, Arch Linux PKGBUILDs and Alpine Linux APKBUILDs are actually
 " bash scripts.
 " NOTE: Patterns ending in a star are further down, these have lower priority.
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile,.bash[_-]logout,.bash[_-]aliases,.bash[_-]history,bash-fc[-.],*.ebuild,*.bash,*.eclass,PKGBUILD,APKBUILD,*.bats call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("bash")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile,.bash[_-]logout,.bash[_-]aliases,.bash[_-]history,bash-fc[-.],*.ebuild,*.bash,*.eclass,PKGBUILD,APKBUILD,*.bats,*.cygport call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("bash")
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc,*.ksh call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/profile,.profile,*.sh,*.env call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
 
@@ -2226,6 +2247,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.smt,*.smith		setf smith
 " Smithy
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.smithy			setf smithy
 
+" Snakemake
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Snakefile,*.smk		setf snakemake
+
 " Snobol4 and spitbol
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sno,*.spt		setf snobol4
 
@@ -2382,6 +2406,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tcl,*.tm,*.tk,*.itcl,*.itk,*.jacl,.tclshrc,.wishrc,.tcls
 " Xilinx's xsct and xsdb use tcl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .xsctcmdhistory,.xsdbcmdhistory	setf tcl
 
+" templ 
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.templ			setf templ
+
 " Teal
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.tl			setf teal
 
@@ -2413,7 +2440,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead texdoc.cnf		setf conf
 " LaTeX packages will generate some medium LaTeX files during compiling
 " They should be ignored by .gitignore https://github.com/github/gitignore/blob/main/TeX.gitignore
 " Sometime we need to view its content for debugging
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.{pgf,nlo,nls,out,thm,eps_tex,pygtex,pygstyle,clo,aux,brf,ind,lof,loe,nav,vrb,ins,tikz,bbx,cbx,beamer}	setf tex
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.{pgf,nlo,nls,thm,eps_tex,pygtex,pygstyle,clo,aux,brf,ind,lof,loe,nav,vrb,ins,tikz,bbx,cbx,beamer}	setf tex
 
 " ConTeXt
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mkii,*.mkiv,*.mkvi,*.mkxl,*.mklx   setf context
@@ -2839,6 +2866,10 @@ au StdinReadPost * if !did_filetype() | runtime! scripts.vim | endif
 " But before patterns matching everything in a directory.
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.text,README,LICENSE,COPYING,AUTHORS	setf text
 
+" What should *.out files be? Text?
+" Disabled until it is clear, to what this should be set
+"au BufNewFile,BufRead *.out	setf text
+
 
 " Extra checks for when no filetype has been detected now.  Mostly used for
 " patterns that end in "*".  E.g., "zsh*" matches "zsh.vim", but that's a Vim
@@ -3010,6 +3041,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders*		call s:StarSetf('remind')
 " SGML catalog file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead sgml.catalog*		call s:StarSetf('catalog')
 
+" Stylus
+au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.styl,*.stylus	setf stylus
+
 " avoid doc files being recognized a shell files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */doc/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*} setf text
 
@@ -3076,6 +3110,15 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/*	call s:StarSetf('dosini')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .zsh*,.zlog*,.zcompdump*  call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 
+" Zsh module
+" mdd: https://github.com/zsh-users/zsh/blob/57248b88830ce56adc243a40c7773fb3825cab34/Etc/zsh-development-guide#L285-L288
+" mdh, pro: https://github.com/zsh-users/zsh/blob/57248b88830ce56adc243a40c7773fb3825cab34/Etc/zsh-development-guide#L268-L271
+" *.mdd will generate *.mdh, *.pro and *.epro.
+" module's *.c will #include *.mdh containing module dependency information and
+" *.pro containing all static declarations of *.c
+" *.epro contains all external declarations of *.c
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mdh,*.epro		setf c
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mdd			setf sh
 
 " Help files match *.txt but should have a last line that is a modeline.
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt
@@ -3114,6 +3157,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead yarn.lock			setf yaml
 " Zathurarc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead zathurarc			setf zathurarc
 
+" Rofi stylesheet
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rasi			setf rasi
+
 " If the GUI is already running, may still need to install the Syntax menu.
 " Don't do it when the 'M' flag is included in 'guioptions'.
 if has("menu") && has("gui_running")

runtime/ftplugin/abaqus.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:   Carl Osterwisch <costerwi@gmail.com>
 " Last Change:  2022 Oct 08
 "               2024 Jan 14 by Vim Project (browsefilter)
+"               2024 May 23 by Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring')
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ setlocal isfname-=,
 
 " Define format of comment lines (see 'formatoptions' for uses)
 setlocal comments=:**
-setlocal commentstring=**%s
+setlocal commentstring=**\ %s
 
 " Definitions start with a * and assign a NAME, NSET, or ELSET
 " Used in [d ^wd and other commands

runtime/ftplugin/arduino.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	Arduino
+" Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
+"		Ken Takata <https://github.com/k-takata>
+" Last Change:	2024 Apr 12
+"		2024 Jun 02 by Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring')
+"
+" Most of the part was copied from c.vim.
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+" Using line continuation here.
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< ofu< cms< def< inc<"
+
+if !exists("g:arduino_recommended_style") || g:arduino_recommended_style != 0
+  " Use the default setting of Arduino IDE.
+  setlocal expandtab tabstop=2 softtabstop=2 shiftwidth=2
+  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " et< ts< sts< sw<"
+endif
+
+" Set 'formatoptions' to break comment lines but not other lines,
+" and insert the comment leader when hitting <CR> or using "o".
+setlocal fo-=t fo+=croql
+
+" These options have the right value as default, but the user may have
+" overruled that.
+setlocal commentstring=/*\ %s\ */ define& include&
+
+" Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
+if exists('&ofu')
+  setlocal ofu=ccomplete#Complete
+endif
+
+" Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments.
+" Also include ///, used for Doxygen.
+setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:///,://
+
+" When the matchit plugin is loaded, this makes the % command skip parens and
+" braces in comments properly.
+if !exists("b:match_words")
+  let b:match_words = '^\s*#\s*if\(\|def\|ndef\)\>:^\s*#\s*elif\>:^\s*#\s*else\>:^\s*#\s*endif\>'
+  let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character\|special'
+  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " | unlet! b:match_skip b:match_words"
+endif
+
+" Win32 and GTK can filter files in the browse dialog
+if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "Arduino Source Files (*.ino, *.pde)\t*.ino;*.pde\n"
+  if has("win32")
+    let b:browsefilter ..= "All Files (*.*)\t*\n"
+  else
+    let b:browsefilter ..= "All Files (*)\t*\n"
+  endif
+  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/asm.vim

@@ -4,13 +4,14 @@
 " Last Change:	2020 May 23
 " 		2023 Aug 28 by Vim Project (undo_ftplugin)
 " 		2024 Apr 09 by Vim Project (add Matchit support)
+" 		2024 May 23 by Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring')
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 setl include=^\\s*%\\s*include
 setl comments=:;,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
-setl commentstring=;%s
+setl commentstring=;\ %s
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl commentstring< comments< include<"
 

runtime/ftplugin/astro.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Language:     Astro
 " Maintainer:   Romain Lafourcade <romainlafourcade@gmail.com>
 " Last Change:  2024 Apr 21
+"               2024 May 24 by Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring')
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
     finish
@@ -25,17 +26,17 @@ function! s:AstroComments() abort
                 \ || s:IdentifyScope('^\s*<script', '^\s*<\/script>')
         " ECMAScript comments
         setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
-        setlocal commentstring=//%s
+        setlocal commentstring=//\ %s
 
     elseif s:IdentifyScope('^\s*<style', '^\s*<\/style>')
         " CSS comments
         setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/
-        setlocal commentstring=/*%s*/
+        setlocal commentstring=/*\ %s\ */
 
     else
         " HTML comments
         setlocal comments=s:<!--,m:\ \ \ \ ,e:-->
-        setlocal commentstring=<!--%s-->
+        setlocal commentstring=<!--\ %s\ -->
     endif
 endfunction
 

runtime/ftplugin/bitbake.vim

@@ -3,13 +3,14 @@
 " Maintainer: Gregory Anders <greg@gpanders.com>
 " Repository: https://github.com/openembedded/bitbake
 " Latest Revision: 2022-07-23
+"                  2024-05-23 by Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring')
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-setlocal commentstring=#%s
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal comments=:#
 setlocal suffixesadd=.bb,.bbclass
 

runtime/ftplugin/c.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
 " Last Change:	2023 Aug 22
+"		2024 Jun 02 by Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring')
 " Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@ setlocal fo-=t fo+=croql
 
 " These options have the right value as default, but the user may have
 " overruled that.
-setlocal commentstring& define& include&
+setlocal commentstring=/*\ %s\ */ define& include&
 
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
 if exists('&ofu')

runtime/ftplugin/calendar.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Language:             calendar(1) input file
 " Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Latest Revision:      2008-07-09
+"                       2024-06-02 by Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring')
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ set cpo&vim
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< inc< fo<"
 
-setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/ commentstring& include&
+setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/ commentstring=/*\ %s\ */ include&
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/cgdbrc.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:           Wu, Zhenyu <wuzhenyu@ustc.edu>
 " Documentation:        https://cgdb.github.io/docs/Configuring-CGDB.html
 " Latest Revision:      2024-04-09
+"                       2024-05-23 by Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring')
 
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
@@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ set cpoptions&vim
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl com< cms<'
 
-setlocal commentstring=#%s
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal comments=:#
 
 let &cpoptions = s:save_cpoptions

runtime/ftplugin/cpp.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	C++
 " Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-" Last Change:	2023 Aug 10
+" Last Change:	2024 Jun 06
 " Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
@@ -12,6 +12,10 @@ endif
 " Behaves mostly just like C
 runtime! ftplugin/c.vim ftplugin/c_*.vim ftplugin/c/*.vim
 
+" Change 'commentstring' to "C++ style"/"mono-line" comments
+setlocal commentstring=//\ %s
+let b:undo_ftplugin ..= ' | setl commentstring<'
+
 " C++ uses templates with <things>
 " Disabled, because it gives an error for typing an unmatched ">".
 " set matchpairs+=<:>

runtime/ftplugin/csh.vim

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 " Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp
 " Contributor:		Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
 " Last Change:		2024 Jan 14
+" 			2024 May 23 by Riley Bruins ('commentstring')
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
 setlocal comments=:#
-setlocal commentstring=#%s
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions-=t
 setlocal formatoptions+=crql
 

runtime/ftplugin/css.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Last Change:		2020 Dec 21
+"			2024 Jun 02 by Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring')
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ set cpo&vim
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< inc< fo< ofu< isk<"
 
-setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/ commentstring&
+setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/ commentstring=/*\ %s\ */
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 setlocal omnifunc=csscomplete#CompleteCSS
 setlocal iskeyword+=-

runtime/ftplugin/csv.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+vim9script
+
+# Maintainer: Maxim Kim <habamax@gmail.com>
+# Last Update: 2024-06-18
+
+if !exists("b:csv_delimiter")
+    # detect delimiter
+    var delimiters = ",;\t|"
+
+    var max = 0
+    for d in delimiters
+        var count = getline(1)->split(d)->len() + getline(2)->split(d)->len()
+        if count > max
+            max = count
+            b:csv_delimiter = d
+        endif
+    endfor
+endif
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+    finish
+endif
+b:did_ftplugin = 1

runtime/ftplugin/dart.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:	dart
+" Maintainer:	Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2024 May 18
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+" Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments.
+" Also include ///, used for Doxygen.
+setl comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,:///,:// commentstring=//\ %s
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl com< cms<'

runtime/ftplugin/deb822sources.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Language:     Debian sources.list
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers <team+vim@tracker.debian.org>
-" Last Change:  2024 Mar 20
+" Last Change:  2024 May 25
 " License:      Vim License
 " URL:          https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/main/ftplugin/deb822sources.vim
 
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ endif
 let b:did_ftplugin=1
 
 setlocal comments=:#
-setlocal commentstring=#%s
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions-=t
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal comments< commentstring< formatoptions<'

runtime/ftplugin/debcontrol.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:     Debian control files
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers
 " Former Maintainer:    Pierre Habouzit <madcoder@debian.org>
-" Last Change:  2023 Jan 16
+" Last Change:  2024 May 25
 " URL:          https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/main/ftplugin/debcontrol.vim
 
 " Do these settings once per buffer
@@ -19,8 +19,11 @@ if exists('g:debcontrol_fold_enable')
 endif
 setlocal textwidth=0
 
+setlocal comments=:#
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+
 " Clean unloading
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal tw< foldmethod< foldexpr< foldtext<'
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal tw< foldmethod< foldexpr< foldtext< comments< commentstring<'
 
 " }}}1
 

runtime/ftplugin/debsources.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Language:     Debian sources.list
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers <team+vim@tracker.debian.org>
-" Last Change:  2023 Aug 30
+" Last Change:  2024 May 25
 " License:      Vim License
 " URL:          https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/main/ftplugin/debsources.vim
 
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ endif
 let b:did_ftplugin=1
 
 setlocal comments=:#
-setlocal commentstring=#%s
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions-=t
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal comments< commentstring< formatoptions<'